Avyakt murli for Tuesday 30 November 1999

Warning : Sentence alignment between two languages is based on the number of characters. It is therefore not perfectly reliable.

You can correct the sentence alignment yourself on part or all of the murli.

0>>>>130-11-99 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन30-11-99 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban30-11-99 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x30-11-99 Om peace avyakt x

0> > 30-11-1999 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban

2पास विद ऑनर बनने के लिए सर्व खज़ानों के खाते को जमा कर सम्पन्न बनोpass with honour bannē kē liē sarv khazānō̃ kē|K khātē kō jamā kar sampann banōpass with honour[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jamā karnā[root] sampann[adj.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]pass with honours become[inf.m.pl.,o.] for all treasure (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) to accumulate full become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]

1In order to pass with honour, accumulate all the treasures in your account.

3आज बापदादा किस सभा को देख रहे हैं  ? āj bāpdādā kis sabhā kō dēkh rahē haĩ  ? āj bāpdādā kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ? today BapDada (what|who) court to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3]  ?

2Which gathering is BapDada seeing today?

4आज की सभा में हर एक बच्चा हाइएस्ट और अविनाशी खज़ानों से रिचेस्ट है . āj kī|key sabhā mē̃ har ēk bachchā highest aur avināśhī khazānō̃ sē richest hai . āj karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sabhā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] high aur avināśhī[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] rich hōnā[pres.sg.23] . today (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) court in each one child high and imperishable treasure from rich be[pres.sg.23] .

3In today's gathering, each of you children is the highest and the richest one of all imperishable treasures.

5दुनिया वाले कितने भी रिचेस्ट हो लेकिन एक जन्म के लिए रिचेस्ट हैं . duniyā vālē kitnē bhī richest hō lēkin ēk janm kē liē richest haĩ . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] rich hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kē liē[x] rich hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . world those who so too rich (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but one (life|be born[root]) for rich be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

4No matter how rich people in the world are, they are only rich for one birth.

6एक जन्म भी रिचेस्ट रहेगा या नहीं , यह भी निश्चित नहीं है . ēk janm bhī richest rahēgā yā nahī̃ , yah bhī niśhchit nahī̃ hai . ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhī[p.] rich rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] niśhchit[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one (life|be born[root]) too rich remain[fut.m.sg.23] or not , this too fixed not be[pres.sg.23] .

5It is not guaranteed whether they will remain rich in that one birth or not.

7चाहे कितना भी रिचेस्ट इन वर्ल्ड हो परन्तु एक जन्म के लिए , और आप हो जो निश्चय और नशे से कहते हो कि हम अनेक जन्म रिचेस्ट हैं क्योंकि आप सभी अविनाशी खज़ानों से सम्पन्न हो . chāhē kitnā bhī richest in world hō parantu ēk janm kē liē , aur āp hō jō niśhchay aur naśhē sē kahtē hō ki ham anēk janm richest haĩ kyōṅki āp sabhī avināśhī khazānō̃ sē sampann hō . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] rich yah[pn.pl.o.]|in world hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] parantu[conj.] ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kē liē[x] , aur āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur naśhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] rich hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] avināśhī[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) so too rich (this|in) world (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) however one (life|be born[root]) for , and you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that faith and intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.2] that we many (life|be born[root]) rich be[pres.pl.12hon3] because you all imperishable treasure from full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

6Even if they are the richest in the world, that would still be for only one birth, whereas you say, with faith and intoxication, that you are the richest of all for many births because you are being filled with all the imperishable treasures.

8आप सभी जानते हो कि हम इस समय के पुरूषार्थ से एक दिन में भी बहुत कमाई करने वाले हैं . āp sabhī jāntē hō ki ham is samay kē|K purūṣhārth sē ēk din mē̃ bhī bahut kamāī karnē vālē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] is samay[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth sē[postp.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . you all know[pres.pl.m.2] that we at this time (of|K) effort from one day in too very (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

7All of you know that with one day’s effort at this time, you can earn a great deal of income.

9जानते हो कि एक दिन में आप कितनी कमाई करते हो  ? jāntē hō ki ēk din mē̃ āp kitnī kamāī kartē hō  ? jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? know[pres.pl.m.2] that one day in you so (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

8Do you know how much you can earn in one day? 9Do you understand this account?

10हिसाब जानते हो ना  ! hisāb jāntē hō nā  ! hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! account know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ! 11गाया हुआ है , अनुभव है - ` एक कदम में पद्म ' . gāyā huā hai , anubhav hai - ` ēk kadam mē̃ padma ' . gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ` ēk[adj.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] ' . sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , experience be[pres.sg.23] - ` one step in multimillion ' .

10Because you have experienced earning multimillions at every step, the saying has also been remembered.

12तो एक दिन में बाप द्वारा , बाप की नॉलेज द्वारा , याद द्वारा हर कदम में पद्म जमा होते हैं . tō ēk din mē̃ bāp dvārā , bāp kī|key knowledge dvārā , yād dvārā har|her kadam mē̃ padma jamā hōtē haĩ . tō ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key knowledge dvārā , yād[n.f.;sg.] dvārā har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then one day in father through , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) knowledge through , remembrance through (x|x[root]) step in multimillion (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

11Therefore, by knowing the Father and His knowledge and by having remembrance of Him, you are able to accumulate multimillions at every step you take in one day.

13तो सारे दिन में जितने भी कदम याद में उठाते हो उतने पद्म जमा करते हो . tō sārē din mē̃ jitnē bhī kadam yād mē̃ uṭhātē hō utnē padma jamā kartē hō . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] padam[n.m.;sg.,d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then the whole day in the more too step remembrance in uplift[pres.pl.m.2] x multimillion accumulate .

12Therefore, however many steps of remembrance you take, you accumulate that many multimillion­fold.

14तो ऐसा कमाई करने वाला , खज़ाना जमा करने वाला विश्व में कोई होगा  ! tō aisā kamāī karnē vālā , khazānā jamā karnē vālā viśhva mē̃ kōī hōgā  ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kamāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|kamānā[past-part.f.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! then such (earning an income|earn[past-part.f.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who world in some be[fut.m.sg.23]  ! 15वा है  ? vā hai  ? vā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? or be[pres.sg.23]  ?

13Is there anyone else who can earn such an income or who can accumulate these treasures in such an account?

16विश्व में चक्कर लगाकर आओ , सिवाए आपके इतना जमा कोई कर नहीं सकता . viśhva mē̃ chakkar lagākar āō , sivāē āpkē itnā jamā kōī kar nahī̃ saktā . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sivāē āp[pn.pl.kē] itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . world in cycle attach[abs.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , except you[.kē] such (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) some do[root] not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

14Is there anyone else? 15Just go for a tour around the whole world and have a look!

17इसलिए बाप कहते हैं - इस श्रेष्ठ स्मृति में रहो कि हम आत्माओं का भाग्य परम आत्मा द्वारा ऐसा श्रेष्ठ बना है . isliē bāp kahtē haĩ - is śhrēṣhṭh smr̥iti mē̃ rahō ki ham ātmāō̃ kā bhāgya param ātmā dvārā aisā śhrēṣhṭh banā hai . isliē bāp kahtē haĩ[x] - yah[pn.sg.o.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] param[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] dvārā aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . therefore the Father says - this elevated awareness in remain[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we soul of x Supreme soul through such elevated become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

16No one apart from all of you can accumulate as much. 17This is why Baba says: Remain in the elevated awareness of your fortune having been made so elevated by God.

18अपने खज़ाने तो जानते हो ना  ! apnē khazānē tō jāntē hō nā  ! apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! one’s own treasure then know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

18Do you know your treasures?

19समय के खज़ाने को भी जानते हो कि इस संगमयुग का समय कितना श्रेष्ठ है , जो प्राप्ति चाहिए वह अधिकारी बन बाप से ले रहे हो . samay kē|K khazānē kō bhī jāntē hō ki is saṅgamyug kā samay kitnā śhrēṣhṭh hai , jō prāpti chāhiē vah adhikārī ban bāp sē lē rahē hō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] vah[pn.sg.d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] . time (of|K) treasure to too know[pres.pl.m.2] that this confluence age of time so elevated be[pres.sg.23] , that attainment (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) that (one) who has a right (x|become[root]) father from take[pres.pl.m.prog.2] .

19Do you know about your treasure of the present time, of how elevated the time of this confluence age is? 20At this time you can take whatever attainments you want from the Father because you are those who have all rights.

20सर्व अधिकार प्राप्त कर लिया है ना  ? sarv adhikār prāpt kar liyā hai nā  ? sarv[adj.] adhikār[x] prāpt karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] nā  ? all right reach ∅  ?

21You are taking them, are you not? 22Have you received all rights or not?

21एक-एक श्रेष्ठ संकल्प कितना बड़ा खज़ाना है , समय भी बड़ा खज़ाना है , संकल्प भी बड़ा खज़ाना है . ēk-ēk śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp kitnā baṛā khazānā hai , samay bhī baṛā khazānā hai , saṅkalp bhī baṛā khazānā hai . ēk[adj.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one elevated thought so very treasure be[pres.sg.23] , time too very treasure be[pres.sg.23] , thought too very treasure be[pres.sg.23] .

23Have you received your rights? 24Each of your elevated thoughts is such a treasure! 25Time is also a great treasure. 26Your thoughts are an elevated treasure!

22सर्व शक्तियाँ बड़े से बड़ा खज़ाना है . sarv śhaktiyā̃ baṛē sē baṛā khazānā hai . sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . all Shakti very from very treasure be[pres.sg.23] .

27All the powers are also amongst the greatest of all treasures.

23एक-एक ज्ञान-रत्न कितना बड़ा खज़ाना है . ēk-ēk gyān-ratna kitnā baṛā khazānā hai . ēk[adj.] gyān-ratna[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . one x so very treasure be[pres.sg.23] .

28Each and every jewel of knowledge is such an elevated treasure!

24हर एक गुण कितना बड़ा खज़ाना है . har ēk guṇ kitnā baṛā khazānā hai . har ēk[x] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . each one virtue so very treasure be[pres.sg.23] .

29Each virtue is such an elevated treasure!

25दुनिया वाले भी मानते हैं कि श्वांसों श्वांस याद से श्वांस सफल होते हैं . duniyā vālē bhī māntē haĩ ki śhvānsō̃ śhvāṅs yād sē śhvāṅs saphal hōtē haĩ . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] mānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] śhvāṅs[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] saphal[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . world those who too x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that breathing breathing remembrance from breathing successful be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

30People of the world also believe that at every moment, each breath they take in remembrance of God is worthwhile.

26तो आप सबके श्वांस सफलता स्वरूप हैं , व्यर्थ नहीं . tō āp sabkē śhvāṅs saphaltā svarūp haĩ , vyarth nahī̃ . tō āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . then you everyone's breathing success form be[pres.pl.12hon3] , wasteful not .

31Therefore, even the breath of all of you should be worthwhile and not wasted.

27हर श्वांस में सफलता का अधिकार समाया हुआ है . har|her śhvāṅs mē̃ saphaltā kā adhikār samāyā huā hai . har|harnā[root]|her śhvāṅs[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] adhikār[x] samānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (x|x[root]) breathing in success of right merge[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

32The right to success is merged in every breath you take.

28बापदादा ने सभी बच्चों को सर्व खजाने एक जैसे ही दिये हैं . bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchō̃ kō sarv khajānē ēk jaisē hī diyē haĩ . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ēk[adj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada ∅ all child to all treasure one like only give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

33However, BapDada has distributed all the treasures to all of you children equally.

29सर्व भी दिये हैं और समान दिये हैं . sarv bhī diyē haĩ aur samān diyē haĩ . sarv[adj.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur samān[adj.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . all too give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and equal give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

34You have all been given the ways to attain these equally.

30कोई को एक गुणा , कोई को दस गुणा , कोई को 100 गुणा … ऐसे नहीं दिया है . kōī kō ēk guṇā , kōī kō das guṇā , kōī kō 100 guṇā … aisē nahī̃ diyā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] guṇā , kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] das[adj.] guṇā , kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] 100 guṇā … aisē nahī̃[x] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . some to one fold , some to x fold , some to 100 fold … it isn't that give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

35BapDada doesn’t give some one­fold, some ten­fold and others one hundred­fold.

31देने वाले दाता ने एक-एक बच्चे को सर्व खज़ाने ब्राह्मण बनते ही समान रूप में दिये हैं . dēnē vālē dātā nē ēk-ēk bachchē kō sarv khazānē brāhmaṇ bantē hī samān rūp mē̃ diyē haĩ . dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] samān[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who bestower ∅ one child to all treasure Brahmin become[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only equal Rup in give[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 32लेकिन खज़ाने को कितना जमा करते हैं या गँवाते हैं , यह हर एक के ऊपर है . lēkin khazānē kō kitnā jamā kartē haĩ yā ganvātē haĩ , yah har ēk kē ūpar hai . lēkin khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā ganvānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] har ēk[x] kē ūpar[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but treasure to so accumulate or lose[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this each one over be[pres.sg.23] .

36The Bestower who bestows all the treasures to all you children gives them equally as soon as you become Brahmins, but however much you accumulate these treasures or waste them depends on you.

33हर एक को चेक करना है कि हम सारे दिन में कितना जमा करते हैं या गँवाते हैं  ? har ēk kō check karnā hai ki ham sārē din mē̃ kitnā jamā kartē haĩ yā ganvātē haĩ  ? har ēk[x] kō[postp.] check karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā ganvānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? each one to check do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that we the whole day in so accumulate or lose[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

37Each of you has to check how much you accumulate and how much you waste throughout each day.

34चेक करते हो  ? check kartē hō  ? check karnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? check do[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

38Do you check this?

35चेक ज़रूर करना है क्योंकि एक जन्म के लिए नहीं है लेकिन हर जन्म के लिए है . check zarūr karnā hai kyōṅki ēk janm kē liē nahī̃ hai lēkin har|her janm kē liē hai . check zarūr karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] kyōṅki ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kē liē[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin har|harnā[root]|her janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kē liē[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . check definitely do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] because one (life|be born[root]) for not be[pres.sg.23] but (x|x[root]) (life|be born[root]) for be[pres.sg.23] .

39You definitely have to check this. 40Why? 41Because these are not just for one birth, but for every birth.

36अनेक जन्म के लिए जमा चाहिए . anēk janm kē liē jamā chāhiē . anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kē liē[x] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . many (life|be born[root]) for (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

42You need to accumulate for many births.

37जमा करने की विधि जानते हो  ? jamā karnē kī|key vidhi jāntē hō  ? jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method know[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

43Do you know the way to accumulate?

38बहुत सहज है . bahut sahaj hai . bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very easy be[pres.sg.23] .

44It is very easy.

39सिर्फ बिन्दी लगाते जाओ . sirph bindī lagātē jāō . sirph[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] . only point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] .

45Just continue to add a zero.

40बिन्दी याद है तो जमा होता है . bindī yād hai tō jamā hōtā hai . bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . point remembrance be[pres.sg.23] then (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

46When you remember the point (zero), you accumulate.

41जैसे स्थूल खज़ाने में भी एक के साथ बिन्दी लगाते जाओ तो बढ़ता जाता है ना  ! jaisē sthūl khazānē mē̃ bhī ēk kē sāth bindī lagātē jāō tō baṛhtā jātā hai nā  ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthūl[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] kē sāth[x] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō baṛhnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] nā  ! like physical treasure in too one with point attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then grow[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] ∅  !

47In terms of physical wealth, when you continue to place a zero after the figure “1", the amount continues to increase.

42ऐसे ही आत्मा भी बिन्दी , बाप भी बिन्दी और ड्रामा में जो बीत चुका वह भी फुलस्टॉप अर्थात् बिन्दी . aisē hī ātmā bhī bindī , bāp bhī bindī aur drama mē̃ jō bīt chukā vah bhī fullstop arthāt bindī . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur drama mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bītnā[root] chukānā[root]|chuknā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] full stop arthāt bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . such only soul too point , father too point and drama in that pass[root] (x[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) that too full stop that is point .

48In the same way, just as each soul is a point, and Baba too is the Point, so the drama that has passed is also a full­stop; that too is a point.

43अगर हर खज़ाने को बिन्दी रूप से याद करो तो जमा होता जाता . agar har|her khazānē kō bindī rūp sē yād karō tō jamā hōtā jātā . agar har|harnā[root]|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . if (x|x[root]) treasure to point Rup from remember then (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

49If you remember every treasure with the awareness of the point (a zero), you will continue to accumulate in your account.

44अनुभव है ना  ! anubhav hai nā  ! anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! experience be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

50You do have experience of this, do you not?

45बिन्दी लगाई और व्यर्थ से जमा होता जाता है . bindī lagāī aur vyarth sē jamā hōtā jātā hai . bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[past-part.f.] aur vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . point attach[past-part.f.] and wasteful from (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23.pres-part+jānā] . 46बिन्दी लगाने आती है  ? bindī lagānē ātī hai  ? bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23]  ? point attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.sg.f.23]  ?

51As soon as you put a full­stop, you stop wasting your treasures and begin to accumulate them.

47कई बार ऐसे होता है जो कोशिश करते हो बिन्दी लगाने की लेकिन बिन्दी के बजाए लम्बी लाइन हो जाती है , बिन्दी के बजाए क्वेश्चनमार्क हो जाता है , आश्चर्य की लाइन लग जाती है . kaī bār aisē hōtā hai jō kōśhiśh kartē hō bindī lagānē kī|key lēkin bindī kē bajāē lambī line hō jātī hai , bindī kē bajāē question mark hō jātā hai , āśhcharya kī|key line lag jātī hai . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] kōśhiśh[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēkin bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē bajāē[x] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kē bajāē[x] question mark hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key line lagnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . some time such be[pres.sg.m.23] that try do[pres.pl.m.2] point attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) but point instead of x line be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , point instead of x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , amazement (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) line x[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

52Do you know how to put a full­stop? 53Do you sometimes try to put a full­stop, but instead of putting a full­stop, you put a long line? 54Is it that instead of a full­stop, it becomes a question mark? 55Or, instead of a full­stop, it becomes an exclamation mark?

48तो जमा का खाता बढ़ाने की विधि है ` बिन्दी ' और गँवाने का रास्ता है लम्बी लाइन लगाना , क्वेश्चनमार्क लगाना , आश्चर्य की मात्रा लगाना . tō jamā kā khātā baṛhānē kī|key vidhi hai ` bindī ' aur ganvānē kā rāstā hai lambī line lagānā , question mark lagānā , āśhcharya kī mātrā lagānā . tō jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ` bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ' aur ganvānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] line lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , question mark lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , āśhcharya kī mātrā[x] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then saving account increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) method be[pres.sg.23] ` point ' and lose[inf.m.pl.,o.] of path be[pres.sg.23] x line attach[inf.m.sg.d.] , x attach[inf.m.sg.d.] , x attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

56The way to accumulate in your account is to put a full­stop and the way to have wastage in your account is to draw a long line, a question mark or an exclamation mark. 57So which way is easier?

49सहज क्या है  ? sahaj kyā hai  ? sahaj[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? easy what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

58It is to put a full­stop.

50बिन्दी है ना  ! bindī hai nā  ! bindī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! point be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

59The way to do this is very easy.

51तो विधि बहुत सहज है - स्वमान और बाप की याद तथा फालतू को फुलस्टॉप लगाना . tō vidhi bahut sahaj hai - svamān aur bāp kī yād tathā phāltū kō fullstop lagānā . tō vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - svamān[x] aur bāp kī yād[x] tathā phāltū[adj.] kō[postp.] full stop lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then method very easy be[pres.sg.23] - self-respect and remembrance of the Father and useless to full stop attach[inf.m.sg.d.] .

60You just have to have self­respect and remembrance of the Father and be able to put a full­stop to anything wasteful.

52बापदादा ने पहले भी कहा है - रोज़ अमृतवेले अपने आपको तीन बिन्दियों की स्मृति का तिलक लगाओ तो एक खज़ाना भी व्यर्थ नहीं जायेगा . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī kahā hai - rōz amr̥itvēlē apnē āpkō tīn bindiyō̃ kī|key smr̥iti kā tilak lagāō tō ēk khazānā bhī vyarth nahī̃ jāyēgā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - rōz amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] tīn[adj.] bindī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ēk[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[fut.m.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too say[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - day amrit vela one’s own you[.kō] x point (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness of tilak attach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then one treasure too wasteful not go[fut.m.sg.23] .

61BapDada has told you earlier that every day at amrit vela, you must put the tilak of the awareness of these three points on yourself, and then none of your treasures will be wasted.

53हर समय , हर खज़ाना जमा होता जायेगा . har|her samay , har|her khazānā jamā hōtā jāyēgā . har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , har|harnā[root]|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . (x|x[root]) time , (x|x[root]) treasure (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

62All your treasures will continue to accumulate at every moment.

54बापदादा ने सभी बच्चों के हर खज़ाने के जमा का चार्ट देखा . bāpdādā nē sabhī bachchō̃ kē|K har|her khazānē kē|K jamā kā chart dēkhā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K har|harnā[root]|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chart dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ all child (of|K) (x|x[root]) treasure (of|K) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) of chart see[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

63BapDada looked at the chart of all you children to see how much treasure you have accumulated.

55उसमें क्या देखा  ? usmē̃ kyā dēkhā  ? vah[pn.sg.mē̃] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? that[.mē̃] what see[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

64Baba looked at the chart to see every treasure.

56अभी तक भी जमा का खाता जितना होना चाहिए उतना नहीं है . abhī tak bhī jamā kā khātā jitnā hōnā chāhiē utnā nahī̃ hai . ab[adv.hī] tak bhī[p.] jamā kā khātā[x] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now until too saving account the more (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) x not be[pres.sg.23] .

65What did Baba see? 66Up to now, your account has not accumulated as much as it should have.

57समय , संकल्प , बोल व्यर्थ भी जाता है . samay , saṅkalp , bōl vyarth bhī jātā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.m.23] . time , thought , (x|speak[root]) wasteful too go[pres.sg.m.23] .

67Your time, thoughts and words are being wasted.

58चलते-चलते कभी समय का महत्त्व इमर्ज रूप में कम होता है . chaltē-chaltē kabhī samay kā mahattva emerge rūp mē̃ kam hōtā hai . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kabhī[adv.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ever time of x emerge Rup in decrease .

68Whilst you are moving and walking around, the importance of this time has not emerged in your awareness as much as it should have.

59अगर समय का महत्व सदा याद रहे , इमर्ज रहे तो समय को और ज्यादा सफल बना सकते हो . agar samay kā mahatva sadā yād rahē , emerge rahē tō samay kō aur jyādā saphal banā saktē hō . agar samay kā mahatva[x] sadā yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , emerge rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] aur jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saphal[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . if x constantly remembrance (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , emerge (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then time to and more successful create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

69If the importance of time were constantly emerged in your memory, you could use your time in a much more worthwhile way.

60सारे दिन में साधारण रूप से समय चला जाता है . sārē din mē̃ sādhāraṇ rūp sē samay chalā jātā hai . sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|chalānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] . the whole day in ordinary Rup from time (continue[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) .

70You are spending your time throughout the whole day in an ordinary way.

61गलत नहीं लेकिन साधारण . galat nahī̃ lēkin sādhāraṇ . galat[adj.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin sādhāraṇ[adj.] . wrong not but ordinary . 62ऐसे ही संकल्प भी बुरे नहीं चलते लेकिन व्यर्थ चले जाते हैं . aisē hī saṅkalp bhī burē nahī̃ chaltē lēkin vyarth chalē jātē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] burā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive] . such only thought too bad not continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] but wasteful (continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.pl.m.12hon3.passive]) .

71You are not spending it in a wrong way, but in an ordinary way. 72Similarly, the thoughts you have are not bad, but they are wasteful.

63एक घण्टे की चेकिंग करो , हर घण्टे में समय या संकल्प कितने साधारण जाते हैं  ? ēk ghaṇṭē kī|key checking karō , har|her ghaṇṭē mē̃ samay yā saṅkalp kitnē sādhāraṇ jātē haĩ  ? ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key checking karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , har|harnā[root]|her ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? one hour (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x|x[root]) hour in time or thought so ordinary go[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

73Check yourself for one hour. 74How much time in every hour do you spend in an ordinary way?

64जमा नहीं होते हैं . jamā nahī̃ hōtē haĩ . jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) not be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

75How many ordinary thoughts do you have?

65फिर बापदादा इशारा भी देता है , तो बापदादा को भी दिलासे बहुत देते हैं . phir bāpdādā iśhārā bhī dētā hai , tō bāpdādā kō bhī dilāsē bahut dētē haĩ . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāpdādā iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhī[p.] dilāsā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . (turn[root]|then) BapDada signal too give[pres.sg.m.23] , then BapDada to too x very give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 66बाबा , ऐसे थोड़ा सा संकल्प है बस . bābā , aisē thōṛā sā saṅkalp hai bas . bābā , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] basnā[root]|bas . Baba , such short x thought be[pres.sg.23] (x[root]|simply) .

76You are not accumulating anything at that time. 77And, when BapDada continues to send you signals, you try to re­assure BapDada a great deal.

67बाकी नहीं , संकल्प में थोड़ा चलता है . bākī nahī̃ , saṅkalp mē̃ thōṛā chaltā hai . bākī|bākī nahī̃[neg] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . (but|others) not , thought in short continue[pres.sg.m.23] .

78You say, “Baba, I only have these few thoughts, and no more!

68सम्पूर्ण हो जायेंगे . sampūrṇ hō jāyēṅgē . sampūrṇ[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . complete be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

79I just have a few thoughts about this etc.

69ठीक हो जायेंगे . ṭhīk hō jāyēṅgē . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . OK be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

80I will become perfect.

70अभी अन्त थोड़े ही आया है , थोड़ा समय तो पड़ा है . abhī ant thōṛē hī āyā hai , thōṛā samay tō paṛā hai . ab[adv.hī] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . now end short only come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , short time then fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

81I will become OK. 82It's not yet the end, there is still some time left.

71समय पर सम्पन्न हो जायेंगे . samay par sampann hō jāyēṅgē . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . time (at|other) full be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

83Therefore, I will become perfect by that time.”

72लेकिन बापदादा ने बार-बार कह दिया है कि जमा बहुत समय का चाहिए . lēkin bāpdādā nē bār-bār kah diyā hai ki jamā bahut samay kā chāhiē . lēkin bāpdādā nē[postp.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] ki[conj.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . but BapDada ∅ time say[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] that (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) very time of (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .

84However, BapDada has repeatedly told you that you must accumulate these things over a long period of time.

73ऐसे नहीं जमा का खाता अन्त में सम्पन्न करेंगे , समय आने पर बन जायेंगे  ! aisē nahī̃ jamā kā khātā ant mē̃ sampann karē̃gē , samay ānē par ban jāyēṅgē  ! aisē nahī̃[x] jamā kā khātā[x] ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sampann[adj.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  ! it isn't that saving account end in full do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , time (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (at|other) become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā]  !

85You say, “My account of accumulation will be full by the end. 86I will become like that when that time comes.”

74बहुत समय का जमा हुआ बहुत समय चलता है . bahut samay kā jamā huā bahut samay chaltā hai . bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . very time of (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] very time continue[pres.sg.m.23] . 75वर्सा लेने में तो सभी कहते हैं हम तो लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे . varsā lēnē mē̃ tō sabhī kahtē haĩ ham tō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē . varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] tō sab[adv.hī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tō lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . inheritance take[inf.m.pl.,o.] in then all say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we then Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

87It is only when you have been accumulating something over a long period of time that it will last you for a long time.

76अगर हाथ उठवायेंगे कि त्रेतायुगी बनेंगे  ? agar hāth uṭhvāyēṅgē ki trētāyugī banē̃gē  ? agar hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhvānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] trētāyugī[adj.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? if hand make raise[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that silver-aged become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 77तो कोई नहीं हाथ उठाता . tō kōī nahī̃ hāth uṭhātā . tō kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then some not hand uplift[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

88When you are asked what inheritance you will claim, all of you say that you will become Lakshmi or Narayan.

78और लक्ष्मी-नारायण बनेंगे  ? aur lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ banē̃gē  ? aur lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? and Lakshmi and Narayan become[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 79तो सभी हाथ उठाते . tō sabhī hāth uṭhātē . tō sab[adv.hī] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then all hand uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . 80अगर बहुत समय का जमा का खाता होगा तो पूरा वर्सा मिलेगा . agar bahut samay kā jamā kā khātā hōgā tō pūrā varsā milēgā . agar bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā kā khātā[x] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . if very time of saving account be[fut.m.sg.23] then full inheritance receive[fut.m.sg.23] . 81अगर थोड़ा-सा जमा होगा तो फुल वर्सा कैसे मिलेगा  ? agar thōṛā-sā jamā hōgā tō full varsā kaisē milēgā  ? agar thōṛā-sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō full varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? if a small amount of (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[fut.m.sg.23] then full inheritance how receive[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

89If Baba were to ask you to raise your hands if you want to become something in the silver age, none of you would raise your hand, but when Baba asks if you want to become Lakshmi or Narayan, then all of you raise your hand.

82इसलिए सर्व खज़ाने को जितना जमा कर सको उतना अभी से जमा करो . isliē sarv khazānē kō jitnā jamā kar sakō utnā abhī sē jamā karō . isliē sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore all treasure to the more accumulate x now from accumulate .

90If you have been accumulating these treasures in your account over a long period of time, you receive your full inheritance.

83हो जायेगा , आ जायेंगे … गे गे नहीं करो . hō jāyēgā , ā jāyēṅgē … gē gē nahī̃ karō . hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] … gē gē nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] , come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] … some time some time not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 84` ` करना ही है ' ' - यह है दृढ़ता . ` ` karnā hī hai ' ' - yah hai dr̥iṛhtā . ` ` karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ' ' - yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] . ` ` do[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ' ' - this be[pres.sg.23] determination .

91If you have only accumulated a few treasures, then how could you receive your full inheritance?

85अमृतवेले जब बैठते हैं , अच्छी स्थिति में बैठते हैं तो दिल ही दिल में बहुत वायदे करते हैं - यह करेंगे , यह करेंगे . amr̥itvēlē jab baiṭhtē haĩ , achchhī sthiti mē̃ baiṭhtē haĩ tō dil hī dil mē̃ bahut vāydē kartē haĩ - yah karē̃gē , yah karē̃gē . amr̥itvēlā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jab baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . amrit vela when sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , achcha stage in sit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then heart only heart in very promise do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

92This is why, from now on, you must accumulate all the treasures as much as you can. 93Don't say, “It will happen, they will come.” 94And leave it to the future.

86कमाल करके दिखायेंगे … यह तो अच्छी बात है . kamāl karkē dikhāyēṅgē … yah tō achchhī bāt hai . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … yah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x do[abs.] x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … this then achcha matter be[pres.sg.23] .

95You have to do this now! 96This is determination.

87श्रेष्ठ संकल्प करते हैं लेकिन बापदादा कहते हैं इन सब वायदों को कर्म में लाओ . śhrēṣhṭh saṅkalp kartē haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kahtē haĩ in sab vāydō̃ kō karma mē̃ lāō . śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yah[pn.pl.o.]|in sab[adj.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . elevated thought do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] (this|in) all promise to deed in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

97When you sit in remembrance at amrit vela in a good stage, you promise from your heart that you will do many things such as this or that.

88सिर्फ वायदा नहीं करो लेकिन जो भी वायदे करते हो वह मन-वचन और कर्म में लाओ . sirph vāydā nahī̃ karō lēkin jō bhī vāydē kartē hō vah man-vachan aur karma mē̃ lāō . sirph[adj.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.d.] man-vachan[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . only promise not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but that too promise do[pres.pl.m.2] that thoughts, words and deed in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

98You say that you will show wonders, that you will do certain things and everyone will see that. 99That is good! 100At least you have elevated thoughts!

89बच्चे संकल्प बहुत अच्छे-अच्छे करते हैं , बापदादा उस समय खुश होते हैं क्योंकि हिम्मत तो रखते हैं ना . bachchē saṅkalp bahut achchhē-achchhē kartē haĩ , bāpdādā us samay khuśh hōtē haĩ kyōṅki himmat tō rakhtē haĩ nā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bāpdādā vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . child thought very achcha do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , BapDada that time happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because courage then keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .

101However, BapDada says: Now put everything you promise into practice! 102Don’t just promise something, but put whatever you promise into practice! 103You have very good thoughts for your thoughts, words and actions.

90यह बनेंगे , यह करेंगे … हिम्मत बहुत अच्छी रखते हैं . yah banē̃gē , yah karē̃gē … himmat bahut achchhī rakhtē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , this do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] … courage very achcha keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 91तो हिम्मत पर बापदादा खुश होते हैं . tō himmat par bāpdādā khuśh hōtē haĩ . tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then courage (at|other) BapDada happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

104At that time BapDada is very pleased with you because at least you maintain your courage by saying that you will do this or you will become this!

92परन्तु जब कर्म में आना होता है तो कभी-कभी हो जाता है . parantu jab karma mē̃ ānā hōtā hai tō kabhī-kabhī hō jātā hai . parantu[conj.] jab karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] tō kabhī[adv.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . however when deed in come[pres.sg.m.23.oblig1] then ever be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

105Therefore, because your courage is very good, BapDada is pleased to see that.

93वायदा करना बहुत सहज है . vāydā karnā bahut sahaj hai . vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . promise do[inf.m.sg.d.] very easy be[pres.sg.23] . 94लेकिन कर्म में करना माना वायदा निभाना . lēkin karma mē̃ karnā mānā vāydā nibhānā . lēkin karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nibhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but deed in do[inf.m.sg.d.] (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) promise fulfil[inf.m.sg.d.] .

106However, when it comes to putting something into practice, that only happens sometimes.

95वायदे करने वाले तो बहुत हैं लेकिन निभाने में नम्बरवार हो जाते हैं . vāydē karnē vālē tō bahut haĩ lēkin nibhānē mē̃ number-vār hō jātē haĩ . vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] number-wār hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . promise do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] but fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] in numberwise be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

107It is very easy to make a promise, but to fulfil your promise, it means you have to put it into practice.

96तो संकल्प और कर्म को , प्लैन और प्रैक्टिकल दोनों को समान बनाओ . tō saṅkalp aur karma kō , plan aur practical dōnō̃ kō samān banāō . tō saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , plan aur practical dōnō̃ kō[postp.] samān[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then thought and deed to , plan and practical x to equal create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

108There are many who make promises, but you become numberwise in fulfilling those promises.

97बना सकते हो ना  ? banā saktē hō nā  ? banānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā  ? create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ∅  ? 98बिज़नेस वाले आये हैं . business vālē āyē haĩ . business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . business those who come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .

109Make what you practice be equal to what you think!

99बिज़नेस वाले तो बिज़नेस करना जानते हैं ना  ! business vālē tō business karnā jāntē haĩ nā  ! business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō business karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! business those who then business do[inf.m.sg.d.] know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

110Make your practice identical to your plans. 111Are you able to do this?

100जमा करना जानते हैं ना  ! jamā karnā jāntē haĩ nā  ! jamā karnā[x] jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā  ! accumulate know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅  !

112Businessmen have come here today.

101और इन्जीनियर व वैज्ञानिक भी प्रैक्टिकल में काम करते हैं . aur engineer va vaigyānik bhī practical mē̃ kām kartē haĩ . aur engineer va vaigyānik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] practical mē̃[postp.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and engineer x x too practical in (task|lust) do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

113You businessmen know how to do business. 114You know how to accumulate wealth, do you not?

102और जो रूरल ( ग्रामीण प्रभाग ) है , बापदादा उन्हों को ` रूलर ' कहते हैं , क्योंकि अगर यह सेवा नहीं करते तो कोई नहीं चल पाते . aur jō rural ( grāmīṇ prabhāg ) hai , bāpdādā unhō̃ kō ` ruler ' kahtē haĩ , kyōṅki agar yah sēvā nahī̃ kartē tō kōī nahī̃ chal pātē . aur jō[pn.;d.] rural ( grāmīṇ[adj.] prabhāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāpdādā vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ` ruler ' kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kyōṅki agar yah[pn.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] chalnā[root] pānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . and that rural ( rural area ) be[pres.sg.23] , BapDada that to ` ruler ' say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , because if this service not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then some not continue[root] x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

115Engineers and scientists also do everything in a practical way. 116And, BapDada calls those of you who come from a rural area, rulers, because if you didn’t do that service, no one would be able to carry on.

103तो तीनों ही विंग जो आये हैं वह कर्म करने वाले हैं . tō tīnō̃ hī wing jō āyē haĩ vah karma karnē vālē haĩ . tō tīnō̃[adj.] hī[p.] wing jō[pn.;d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then all three only wing that come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that deed do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

117Therefore, the people of all three wings who have come here put everything into practice.

104सिर्फ कहने वाले नहीं , करने वाले हैं . sirph kahnē vālē nahī̃ , karnē vālē haĩ . sirph[adj.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . only say[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who not , do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

118You are not those who just speak about it, but you are those who actually do everything you say.

105तो सभी वायदे कर्म में निभाने वाली आत्माये हो ना  ! tō sabhī vāydē karma mē̃ nibhānē vālī ātmāyē hō nā  ! tō sab[adv.hī] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nibhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā  ! then all promise deed in fulfil[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅  !

119So, all of you souls fulfil your promises by actually putting those promise into practice, do you?

106या सिर्फ वायदा करने वाले हो  ? yā sirph vāydā karnē vālē hō  ? yā sirph[adj.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? or only promise do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

120Or, are you those who just make promises?

107वायदे के समय तो बापदादा को हिम्मत दिखाकर खुश कर देते हैं . vāydē kē|K samay tō bāpdādā kō himmat dikhākar khuśh kar dētē haĩ . vāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bāpdādā kō[postp.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[abs.] khuśh[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . promise (of|K) time then BapDada to courage x[abs.] happy do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .

121At the time of making a promise, you please BapDada by showing Him your courage.

108बापदादा के पास हर एक बच्चे के वायदों का फाइल है . bāpdādā kē pās har ēk bachchē kē|K vāydō̃ kā file hai . bāpdādā kē pās[x] har ēk[x] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vāydā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] file hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada to each one child (of|K) promise of file be[pres.sg.23] .

122BapDada has a file of the promises each child has made.

109वहाँ ( वतन में ) वायदों का फाइल रखने के लिए अलमारी वा जगह की तो बात है नहीं . vahā̃ ( vatan mē̃ ) vāydō̃ kā file rakhnē kē liē almārī vā jagah kī|key tō bāt hai nahī̃ . vahā̃ ( vatan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ) vāydā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] file rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] almārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vā jagah[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . there ( world in ) promise of file keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] for cupboard or x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then matter be[pres.sg.23] not .

123It is not that there are no cupboards or place to keep the files of your promises up there.

110कभी-कभी बापदादा अपनी अलौकिक टी . वी . अचानक खोलते हैं . kabhī-kabhī bāpdādā apnī alaukik T . we|V . achānak khōltē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] bāpdādā apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] alaukik[adj.] T . we|V . achānak khōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ever BapDada one’s own alokik x . (x) . suddenly open[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

124BapDada sometimes suddenly switches on His alokik TV. 125He doesn't keep it on all the time!

111सदा नहीं खोलते हैं , कभी-कभी खोलते हैं तो सब सुनने में आता है . sadā nahī̃ khōltē haĩ , kabhī-kabhī khōltē haĩ tō sab sunnē mē̃ ātā hai . sadā nahī̃[neg] khōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] khōlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō sab[adj.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . constantly not open[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , ever open[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then all listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] in come[pres.sg.m.23] .

126He switches it on sometimes, and is able to hear everything. 127He also listens to whatever you speak amongst yourselves.

112जो आपस में बोलचाल करते हैं , वह भी सुनते हैं . jō āpas mē̃ bōlchāl kartē haĩ , vah bhī suntē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] āpas mē̃[x] bōl-chāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . that with each other words and behaviour do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that too listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

128This is why BapDada says: Change everything wasteful and make it useful.

113इसीलिए बापदादा कहते हैं - व्यर्थ को जमा के खाते में जमा करो . isīliē bāpdādā kahtē haĩ - vyarth kō jamā kē|K khātē mē̃ jamā karō . isīliē bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - wasteful to (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) (of|K) (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) in accumulate .

129Then instead of wasting things, you can accumulate them. 130To be a Brahmin means to be someone who is alokik.

114ब्राह्मण अर्थात् अलौकिक . brāhmaṇ arthāt alaukik . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt alaukik[adj.] . Brahmin that is alokik .

131The importance of Brahmin life is very great.

115ब्राह्मण जीवन का महत्त्व बहुत बड़ा है . brāhmaṇ jīvan kā mahattva bahut baṛā hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Brahmin life of x very very be[pres.sg.23] .

132You have many great attainments. 133The self­respect you have is very elevated.

116प्राप्तियां बहुत बड़ी हैं . prāptiyā̃ bahut baṛī haĩ . prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . attainment very very be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 117स्वमान बहुत बड़ा है और संगम के समय पर बाप का बनना , यह बड़े-से-बड़ा पद्मगुणा भाग्य है . svamān bahut baṛā hai aur saṅgam kē|K samay par bāp kā bannā , yah baṛē-sē-baṛā padmaguṇā bhāgya hai . svamān[x] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.] padamguṇā bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . self-respect very very be[pres.sg.23] and confluence (of|K) time (at|other) father of become[inf.m.sg.d.] , this very multimillion-fold x be[pres.sg.23] .

134To belong to the Father at the confluence age is the greatest multimillion­fold fortune. 135This is why BapDada says that you should realise how important each of your treasures is.

118इसलिए बापदादा कहते हैं कि हर खज़ाने का महत्त्व रखो . isliē bāpdādā kahtē haĩ ki har|her khazānē kā mahattva rakhō . isliē bāpdādā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] har|harnā[root]|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore BapDada say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (x|x[root]) treasure of x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

136When you give lectures, you speak so much praise of the confluence age.

119जैसे दूसरों को भाषण में संगमयुग की कितनी महिमा सुनाते हो . jaisē dūsrō̃ kō bhāṣhaṇ mē̃ saṅgamyug kī|key kitnī mahimā sunātē hō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.2] . like other to lecture in confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) so praise speak[pres.pl.m.2] .

137When someone asks you to speak on the topic of the praise of the confluence age, for how long are you able to do that?

120अगर आपको कोई टॉपिक देवें कि संगमयुग की महिमा करो तो कितना समय कर सकते हो  ? agar āpkō kōī topic dēvē̃ ki saṅgamyug kī mahimā karō tō kitnā samay kar saktē hō  ? agar āp[pn.pl.kō] kōī[pn.;d.] topic dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] saṅgamyug kī mahimā[x] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? if you[.kō] some topic give[opt.pl.12hon3] that x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so time do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

138Are you able to do that for one hour? 139Teachers, speak! 140Those who are able to do this, raise your hand! 141Achcha.

121एक घण्टा कर सकते हो  ? ēk ghaṇṭā kar saktē hō  ? ēk[adj.] ghaṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? one hour do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

142Are you able to give such lectures?

122टीचर्स बोलो . teachers bōlō . teacher bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . teacher speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 123जो कर सकता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jō kar saktā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] that raise your hands .

143You speak of this importance of that to others.

124तो जैसे दूसरों को महत्त्व सुनाते हो , महत्त्व जानते बहुत अच्छा हो . tō jaisē dūsrō̃ kō mahattva sunātē hō , mahattva jāntē bahut achchhā hō . tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] x sunānā[pres.pl.m.2] , x jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then like other to x speak[pres.pl.m.2] , x know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

144You too, know very well, how important this time is. 145BapDada isn't saying that you don't know how important it is.

125बापदादा ऐसे नहीं कहेगा कि जानते नहीं हैं . bāpdādā aisē nahī̃ kahēgā ki jāntē nahī̃ haĩ . bāpdādā aisē nahī̃[x] kahnā[fut.m.sg.23] ki[conj.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada it isn't that say[fut.m.sg.23] that know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

146Because you are able to tell others of this, it must be that you know it yourselves.

126जब सुना सकते हैं तो जानते हैं तब तो सुनाते हैं . jab sunā saktē haĩ tō jāntē haĩ tab tō sunātē haĩ . jab sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tab tō sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . when speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] then know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] for only then then speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 127सिर्फ है क्या कि मर्ज हो जाता है . sirph hai kyā ki merge hō jātā hai . sirph[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ki[conj.] merge hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . only be[pres.sg.23] what that merge be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

147It is just that it becomes merged. 148Your awareness of this is in an emerged form ­ sometimes to a greater extent and at other times to a less extent.

128इमर्ज रूप में स्मृति रहे - वह कभी कम हो जाता है , कभी ज्यादा . emerge rūp mē̃ smr̥iti rahē - vah kabhī kam hō jātā hai , kabhī jyādā . emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] - vah[pn.sg.d.] kabhī[adv.] kam hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , kabhī[adv.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . emerge Rup in awareness (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) - that ever decrease , ever more .

149Keep this awareness emerged all the time. 150Keep your Godly intoxication emerged.

129तो अपना ईश्वरीय नशा इमर्ज रखो . tō apnā īśhvarīy naśhā emerge rakhō . tō apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] īśhvarīy[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (adopt[root]|one’s own) Godly intoxication emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

151You shouldn't say that you have to become this or that!

130हाँ मैं तो हो गई , हो गया … नहीं . hā̃ maĩ tō hō gaī , hō gayā … nahī̃ . hā̃ maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … nahī̃[neg] . yes I then be[past-part.f..root+jānā] , be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] … not .

152This should already be in your awareness that you are this in a practical way.

131प्रैक्टिकल में हूँ … यह इमर्ज रूप में हो . practical mē̃ hū̃ … yah emerge rūp mē̃ hō . practical mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] … yah[pn.sg.d.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . practical in be[pres.sg.1] … this emerge Rup in (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

153You do have faith in this, but that faith would be indicated by spiritual intoxication.

132निश्चय है लेकिन निश्चय की निशानी है - ` रूहानी नशा ' . niśhchay hai lēkin niśhchay kī niśhānī hai - ` rūhānī naśhā ' . niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin niśhchay karnā[past-part.f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ` rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ' . faith be[pres.sg.23] but have the faith sign be[pres.sg.23] - ` spiritual intoxication ' .

154Therefore, you should be constantly experiencing intoxication.

133तो सारा समय नशा रहे . tō sārā samay naśhā rahē . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then the whole time intoxication (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) . 134रूहानी नशा - मैं कौन  ! rūhānī naśhā - maĩ kaun  ! rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] - maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.]  ! spiritual intoxication - I who  !

155You should have the spiritual intoxication of knowing who you are.

135यह नशा इमर्ज रूप में होगा तो हर सेकण्ड जमा होता जायेगा . yah naśhā emerge rūp mē̃ hōgā tō har|her second jamā hōtā jāyēgā . yah[pn.sg.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] emerge rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō har|harnā[root]|her second jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] . this intoxication emerge Rup in be[fut.m.sg.23] then (x|x[root]) second (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+jānā] .

156When this intoxication has emerged in you, you will continue to accumulate treasures at every second.

136तो आज बापदादा ने जमा का खाता देखा इसलिए आज विशेष अटेन्शन दिला रहे हैं कि समय की समाप्ति अचानक होनी है . tō āj bāpdādā nē jamā kā khātā dēkhā isliē āj viśhēṣh attention dilā rahē haĩ ki samay kī|key samāpti achānak hōnī hai . tō āj bāpdādā nē[postp.] jamā kā khātā[x] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] isliē āj viśhēṣh[adj.] attention dilānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key samāpti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then today BapDada ∅ saving account see[past-part.m.sg.d.] therefore today special attention x[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that time (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) completion suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

157Therefore, because BapDada examined your account of accumulation to see what you have you accumulated, He is asking you to pay special attention. 158Time is going to come to an end suddenly.

137यह नहीं सोचो कि मालूम तो पड़ता रहेगा , समय पर ठीक हो जायेंगे . yah nahī̃ sōchō ki mālūm tō paṛtā rahēgā , samay par ṭhīk hō jāyēṅgē . yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] mālūm[adj.] tō paṛnā[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . this not think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x then fall[fut.m.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , time (at|other) OK be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

159Do not think that you will be told in advance when it is to happen, and that everything will be fine at that time.

138जो समय का आधार लेता है , समय ठीक कर देगा , या समय पर हो जायेगा … उनका टीचर कौन  ? jō samay kā ādhār lētā hai , samay ṭhīk kar dēgā , yā samay par hō jāyēgā … unkā teacher kaun  ? jō[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ṭhīk[adj.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] , yā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … vah[pn.pl.kā] teacher kaun[pn.;d.]  ? that time of basis take[pres.sg.m.23] , time OK do[fut.m.sg.23.root+dēnā] , or time (at|other) be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] … that[.kā] teacher who  ?

160Who is the teacher of those who take the support of time, and think that time will put everything right and make everything OK at the right time?

139समय या स्वयं परम-आत्मा  ? samay yā svayã param-ātmā  ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā svayã paramātmā[n.f.;sg.]  ? time or x Supreme Soul  ?

161Is it time or God Himself?

140परम-आत्मा से सम्पन्न नहीं बन सके और समय सम्पन्न बनायेगा , तो इसको क्या कहेंगे  ? param-ātmā sē sampann nahī̃ ban sakē aur samay sampann banāyēgā , tō iskō kyā kahē̃gē  ? paramātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] aur samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] banānā[fut.m.sg.23] , tō yah[pn.sg.kō] kyā kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? Supreme Soul from full not become[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] and time full create[fut.m.sg.23] , then this[.kō] what say[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

162What would you say to someone who has not been able to be made perfect by God, Himself, but has been made perfect by time?

141समय आपका मास्टर है या परमात्मा आपका शिक्षक है  ? samay āpkā master hai yā paramātmā āpkā śhikṣhak hai  ? samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] master hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] śhikṣhak[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? time you[.kā] master be[pres.sg.23] or Supreme Soul you[.kā] teacher be[pres.sg.23]  ? 142तो ड्रामा अनुसार अगर समय आपको सिखायेगा या समय के आधार पर परिवर्तन होगा तो बापदादा जानते हैं कि प्रालब्ध भी समय पर मिलेगी क्योंकि समय टीचर है . tō drama anusār agar samay āpkō sikhāyēgā yā samay kē|K ādhār par parivartan hōgā tō bāpdādā jāntē haĩ ki prālabdh bhī samay par milēgī kyōṅki samay teacher hai . tō drama anusār agar samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] sikhānā[fut.m.sg.23] yā samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō bāpdādā jānnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] prālabdh[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] kyōṅki samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] teacher hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then drama according to if time you[.kō] teach[fut.m.sg.23] or time (of|K) basis (at|other) transformation be[fut.m.sg.23] then BapDada know[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that reward too time (at|other) receive[fut.f.sg.23] because time teacher be[pres.sg.23] .

163Is time your master or is God your Teacher? 164According to the drama, if time teaches you to transform or you transform yourself on the basis of time, then, because time is your master at that time, BapDada knows that you will receive your reward according to that. 165Time is waiting for you, you should not wait for time.

143समय आपका इन्तजार कर रहा है , आप समय का इन्तजार नहीं करो . samay āpkā intjār kar rahā hai , āp samay kā intjār nahī̃ karō . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kā] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , āp[pn.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . time you[.kā] wait do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , you time of wait not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

166Time is the creation and you are master creators. 167So your creation should wait for its creators.

144वह रचना है , आप मास्टर रचता हो . vah rachnā hai , āp master rachtā hō . vah[pn.sg.d.] rachnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , āp[pn.pl.] master rachnā[x] . that x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , you master x[x] .

168It is not that you master creators should wait for time.

145तो रचता का इन्तजार रचना करे , आप मास्टर रचता समय का इन्तजार नहीं करो . tō rachtā kā intjār rachnā karē , āp master rachtā samay kā intjār nahī̃ karō . tō rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] rachnā[n.f.;sg.]|rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] , āp[pn.pl.] master rachtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|rachnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] intjār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (creator|x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) of wait (creation|x[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[opt.sg.23] , you master (creator|x[pres-part.m.sg.d.]) time of wait not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

169After all, what is difficult? 170It is you yourselves who make an easy thing difficult.

146और मुश्किल है भी क्या  ? aur muśhkil hai bhī kyā  ? aur muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] kyā  ? and difficult be[pres.sg.23] too what  ?

171It is not difficult, but you make it difficult.

147सहज को स्वयं ही मुश्किल बनाते हो . sahaj kō svayã hī muśhkil banātē hō . sahaj[adj.] kō[postp.] svayã hī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] . easy to x only difficult create[pres.pl.m.2] .

172Baba is offering to carry whatever burdens you have.

148मुश्किल है नहीं , मुश्किल बनाते हो . muśhkil hai nahī̃ , muśhkil banātē hō . muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] , muśhkil[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.2] . difficult be[pres.sg.23] not , difficult create[pres.pl.m.2] .

173Do you not know how to hand them over?

149जब बाप कहते हैं जो भी बोझ लगता है वह बोझ बाप को दे दो . jab bāp kahtē haĩ jō bhī bōjh lagtā hai vah bōjh bāp kō dē dō . jab bāp kahtē haĩ[x] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . when the Father says that too burden x[pres.sg.m.23] that burden father to give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

174You continue to carry those burdens, and then you become tired and complain to Baba.

150वह देना नहीं आता . vah dēnā nahī̃ ātā . vah[pn.sg.d.] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that give[inf.m.sg.d.] not come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .

175You ask, “What can I do?

151बोझ उठाते भी हो फिर थक भी जाते हो फिर बाप को उल्हना भी देते हो - क्या करें , कैसे करें …  ! bōjh uṭhātē bhī hō phir thak bhī jātē hō phir bāp kō ulhanā bhī dētē hō - kyā karē̃ , kaisē karē̃ …  ! bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] thaknā, phathaknā[root] bhī[p.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] - kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] …  ! burden uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (turn[root]|then) become desperate[root] too go[pres.pl.m.2] (turn[root]|then) father to complaint too give[pres.pl.m.2] - what do[opt.pl.12hon3] , how do[opt.pl.12hon3] …  !

176How can I do this?” 177Why do you insist on carrying these burdens? 178Baba is offering to take all your burdens from you.

152अपने ऊपर बोझ उठाते क्यों हो  ? apnē ūpar bōjh uṭhātē kyō̃ hō  ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ūpar bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? one’s own over burden uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ? 153बाप आफर कर रहा है - अपना सब बोझ बाप के हवाले करो . bāp offer kar rahā hai - apnā sab bōjh bāp kē|K havālē karō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] offer karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] - apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adj.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K havālē karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . father offer do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] - (adopt[root]|one’s own) all burden father (of|K) give .

179Because you have instilled the habit of carrying burdens for 63 births, you feel compelled by that habit and this is why you have to labour.

15463 जन्म बोझ उठाने की आदत पड़ी हुई है ना  ! 63 janm bōjh uṭhānē kī|key ādat paṛī huī hai nā  ! 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ādat[n.f.;sg.] paṛnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā  ! 63 (life|be born[root]) burden uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) habit fall[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅  !

180You sometimes find it easy and you sometimes find it difficult.

155तो आदत से मज़बूर हो जाते हैं , इसलिए मेहनत करनी पड़ती है . tō ādat sē mazabūr hō jātē haĩ , isliē mēhnat karnī paṛtī hai . tō ādat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , isliē mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . then habit from x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , therefore effort do[pres.sg.f.23.oblig2] . 156कभी सहज , कभी मुश्किल . kabhī sahaj , kabhī muśhkil . kabhī[adv.] sahaj[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] muśhkil[adj.] . ever easy , ever difficult .

181All your work should either be easy all the time or difficult all the time.

157या तो कोई भी कार्य सहज होता है या मुश्किल होता है . yā tō kōī bhī kārya sahaj hōtā hai yā muśhkil hōtā hai . yā tō kōī bhī[x] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . or then anyone task easy be[pres.sg.m.23] or difficult be[pres.sg.m.23] .

182Why should it be easy sometimes and difficult at other times?

158कभी सहज कभी मुश्किल क्यों  ? kabhī sahaj kabhī muśhkil kyō̃  ? kabhī[adv.] sahaj[adj.] kabhī[adv.] muśhkil[adj.] kyō̃  ? ever easy ever difficult why  ?

183There must be some reason for that.

159कोई कारण होगा ना  ! kōī kāraṇ hōgā nā  ! kōī[pn.;d.] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! some because be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  !

184Is there a reason for it?

160कारण है - आदत से मज़बूर हो जाते हैं और बापदादा को बच्चों की मेहनत करना , यही सबसे बड़ी बात लगती है . kāraṇ hai - ādat sē mazabūr hō jātē haĩ aur bāpdādā kō bachchō̃ kī|key mēhnat karnā , yahī sabsē baṛī bāt lagtī hai . kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ādat[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] x hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] aur bāpdādā kō[postp.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yahī[pn.;d.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . because be[pres.sg.23] - habit from x be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] and BapDada to child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) effort do[inf.m.sg.d.] , this the most very matter x[pres.sg.f.23] .

185The reason why you find something to be difficult is that you feel compelled by your habit. 186BapDada finds is very difficult to accept that His children have to labour.

161अच्छी नहीं लगती है . achchhī nahī̃ lagtī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . achcha not x[pres.sg.f.23] .

187He doesn't like it!

162मास्टर सर्वशक्तिवान और मुश्किल  ? master sarvśhaktivān aur muśhkil  ? master sarvśhaktivān[adj.] aur muśhkil[adj.]  ? master Almighty Authority and difficult  ?

188How could a master almighty authority find something to be difficult?

163टाइटल अपने को क्या देते हो  ? title apnē kō kyā dētē hō  ? title apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] kyā dēnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? title one’s own to what give[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

189What title do you give yourselves?

164मुश्किल योगी या सहज योगी  ? muśhkil yōgī yā sahaj yōgī  ? muśhkil[adj.] yōgī[x] yā sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x]  ? difficult yogi or easy yogi  ?

190"Difficult yogis" or "easy yogis"?

165नहीं तो अपना टाइटल चेंज करो कि हम सहज योगी नहीं हैं . nahī̃ tō apnā title change karō ki ham sahaj yōgī nahī̃ haĩ . nahī̃ tō[x] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] title change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . otherwise (adopt[root]|one’s own) title change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we easy yogi not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

191In that case you should change your title. 192You should no longer say that you are easy yogis.

166कभी सहजयोगी हैं , कभी मुश्किल योगी  ? kabhī sahajyōgī haĩ , kabhī muśhkil yōgī  ? kabhī[adv.] sahajyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kabhī[adv.] muśhkil[adj.] yōgī[x]  ? ever easy yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] , ever difficult yogi  ? 167और योग है ही क्या  ? aur yōg hai hī kyā  ? aur yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] kyā  ? and yoga be[pres.sg.23] only what  ?

193Is it that you are sometimes easy yogis and at other times difficult yogis?

168बस , याद करना है ना . bas , yād karnā hai nā . basnā[root]|bas , yād karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . (x[root]|simply) , remember ∅ .

194What is yoga after all?

169और पावरफुल योग के सामने मुश्किल हो ही नहीं सकती . aur powerful yōg kē|K sāmnē muśhkil hō hī nahī̃ saktī . aur powerful yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.f.] . and powerful yoga (of|K) x difficult (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.f.] .

195All you have to do is to remember Baba. 196Nothing can be difficult when you have powerful yoga.

170योग लगन की अग्नि है . yōg lagan kī|key agni hai . yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key agni[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . yoga love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fire be[pres.sg.23] .

197Yoga is the fire of your love.

171अग्नि कितना भी मुश्किल चीज़ को परिवर्तन कर देती है . agni kitnā bhī muśhkil chīz kō parivartan kar dētī hai . agni[x] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] muśhkil[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . fire so too difficult thing to transformation do[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .

198No matter how difficult something is, the fire of your love should be able to transform it.

172लोहा भी मोल्ड हो जाता है . lōhā bhī mould hō jātā hai . lōhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] mould hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . iron too x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

199Even iron can be changed by fire.

173यह लगन की अग्नि क्या मुश्किल को सहज नहीं कर सकती है  ? yah lagan kī|key agni kyā muśhkil kō sahaj nahī̃ kar saktī hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key agni[x] kyā muśhkil[adj.] kō[postp.] sahaj[adj.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ? this love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fire what difficult to easy not do[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā]  ?

200So, can this fire of love not change a difficult thing into an easy thing?

174कई बच्चे बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी बातें सुनाते हैं , बाबा क्या करें वायुमण्डल ऐसा है , साथी ऐसा है . kaī bachchē bahut achchhī-achchhī bātē̃ sunātē haĩ , bābā kyā karē̃ vāyumaṇḍal aisā hai , sāthī aisā hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] sunānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , bābā kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some child very achcha matter speak[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , Baba what do[opt.pl.12hon3] atmosphere such be[pres.sg.23] , companion such be[pres.sg.23] .

201Some children tell Baba many wonderful things. 202“Baba, what can I do when the atmosphere is like that? 203What can I do when my companion is like that?

175हंस , बगुले हैं , क्या करें पुराने हिसाब किताब हैं . hans , bagulē haĩ , kyā karē̃ purānē hisāb kitāb haĩ . hans[x]|hãsnā[root] , bagulā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kyā karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitāb[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (swan|laugh out[root]) , stork be[pres.pl.12hon3] , what do[opt.pl.12hon3] old account book be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

204We are like a swan and a stork. 205What can I do when I have all of these past karmic accounts?”

176बातें बहुत अच्छी-अच्छी कहते हैं . bātē̃ bahut achchhī-achchhī kahtē haĩ . bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . matter very achcha say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

206You tell Baba many very wonderful things like that.

177बाप पूछते हैं - आप ब्राह्मणों ने कौन सा ठेका उठाया है  ? bāp pūchhtē haĩ - āp brāhmaṇō̃ nē kaun sā ṭhēkā uṭhāyā hai  ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kaun sā[x] ṭhēkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? father ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] - you Brahmin ∅ which contract uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

207Therefore, Baba asks you: What contract did you Brahmins accept? 208Did you accept any contract?

178ठेका तो उठाया है - विश्व-परिवर्तन करेंगे . ṭhēkā tō uṭhāyā hai - viśhva-parivartan karē̃gē . ṭhēkā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō uṭhānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - viśhva-parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . contract then uplift[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

209You accepted the contract to transform the world.

179तो जो विश्व-परिवर्तन करता है वह अपनी मुश्किल को नहीं मिटा सकता  ? tō jō viśhva-parivartan kartā hai vah apnī muśhkil kō nahī̃ miṭā saktā  ? tō jō[pn.;d.] viśhva-parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] muśhkil[adj.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] miṭānā[root]|miṭnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ? then that x do[pres.sg.m.23] that one’s own difficult to not (x[root]|be rubbed off[past-part.m.sg.d.]) can[pres-part.m.sg.d.]  ?

210Can those who are contracted to transform the world not transform something they find difficult?

180तो आज क्या करेंगे  ? tō āj kyā karē̃gē  ? tō āj kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? then today what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

211So, what will you do from today?

181जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ . jamā kā khātā baṛhāō . jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

212You will continue to increase your savings.

182तो जो कहते हो सहज योगी , वह अनुभव करेंगे . tō jō kahtē hō sahaj yōgī , vah anubhav karē̃gē . tō jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] sahaj[adj.] yōgī[x] , vah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then that say[pres.pl.m.2] easy yogi , that experience do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

213Those who say that they are easy yogis will now experience themselves to be that.

183कभी मुश्किल कभी सहज , इसमें मजा नहीं है . kabhī muśhkil kabhī sahaj , ismē̃ majā nahī̃ hai . kabhī[adv.] muśhkil[adj.] kabhī[adv.] sahaj[adj.] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] mazā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ever difficult ever easy , this[.mē̃] pleasure not be[pres.sg.23] . 184ब्राह्मण जीवन है मजे की . brāhmaṇ jīvan hai majē kī|key . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . Brahmin life be[pres.sg.23] pleasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

214There is no pleasure in sometimes finding something easy and at other times finding it difficult.

185संगमयुग है मजे का युग . saṅgamyug hai majē kā yug . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mazā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] . confluence age be[pres.sg.23] pleasure of age .

215A Brahmin life is a life of pleasure.

186बोझ उठाने का युग नहीं है . bōjh uṭhānē kā yug nahī̃ hai . bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . burden uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] of age not be[pres.sg.23] .

216The confluence age is the age of pleasure.

187बोझ उतारने का युग है . bōjh utārnē kā yug hai . bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] utārnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yug[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . burden x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of age be[pres.sg.23] .

217It is not the age for carrying any burdens.

188तो चेक करो , अपने तकदीर की तस्वीर नॉलेज के आइने में अच्छी तरह से देखो . tō check karō , apnē takdīr kī|key taṣhwīr knowledge kē|K āinē mē̃ achchhī tarah sē dēkhō . tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takdīr[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taṣhwīr[x] knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K āinā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tarah[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one’s own fortune (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x knowledge (of|K) mirror in achcha x from see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

218It is the age for having your burdens removed. 219Therefore, check the image of your fortune in the mirror of knowledge.

189आइना तो है ना  ? āinā tō hai nā  ? āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? mirror then be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

220Examine it very carefully.

190या नहीं है  ? yā nahī̃ hai  ? yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? or not be[pres.sg.23]  ?

221You all have a mirror, do you not?

191टूट तो नहीं गया है ना  ? ṭūṭ tō nahī̃ gayā hai nā  ? ṭūṭ[n.f.;sg.]|ṭūṭnā[root] tō nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā  ? (x|break[root]) then not go[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

222It isn't broken, is it? 223Do all of you have a mirror?

192सभी को आइना मिला है  ? sabhī kō āinā milā hai  ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? all to mirror receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

224Have you all received a mirror?

193मातायें , आइना मिला है या चोरी हो गया है  ? mātāyē̃ , āinā milā hai yā chōrī hō gayā hai  ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] yā chōrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ? mother , mirror receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] or stealing be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā]  ?

225Have all of you mothers received a mirror, or has it been stolen?

194पाण्डव तो सम्भालने में होशियार हैं ना  ? pāṇḍav tō sambhālnē mē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ nā  ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō sambhālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ? Pandava then be careful[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  ?

226Pandavas are clever in looking after everything.

195आइना है  ? āinā hai  ? āinā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? mirror be[pres.sg.23]  ?

227Do you have a mirror?

196हाथ तो अच्छा उठाया . hāth tō achchhā uṭhāyā . hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . hand then achcha uplift[past-part.m.sg.d.] .

228You have raised your hands very well.

197अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

229It is good.

198तकदीर की तस्वीर देखो और सदा अपने तकदीर की तस्वीर देख वाह-वाह का गीत गाओ . takdīr kī|key taṣhwīr dēkhō aur sadā apnē takdīr kī|key taṣhwīr dēkh vāh-vāh kā gīt gāō . takdīr[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taṣhwīr[x] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur sadā apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] takdīr[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key taṣhwīr[x] dēkhnā[root] vāh kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] gānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . fortune (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and constantly one’s own fortune (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x see[root] wah! of x sing[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

230Look at the image of your fortune. 231Then whilst continuing to look at the image of your fortune, constantly sing the song of “Wah!

199वाह मेरी तकदीर  ! vāh mērī takdīr  ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kī] takdīr[n.f.;sg.]  ! wah! I[.kī] fortune  !

232Wah!”. 233“Wah my fortune!

200वाह मेरा बाबा  ! vāh mērā bābā  ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā  ! wah! I[.kā] Baba  !

234Wah my Baba! 235Wah, my family!”

201वाह मेरा परिवार  ! vāh mērā parivār  ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ! wah! I[.kā] family  !

236This family too is “Wah!

202परिवार भी वाह-वाह है  ! parivār bhī vāh-vāh hai  ! parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] vāh hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! family too wah! be[pres.sg.23]  !

237Wah!”, wonderful, is it not?

203ऐसे नहीं यह तो बहुत वाह-वाह है , यह थोड़ा ऐसा है  ! aisē nahī̃ yah tō bahut vāh-vāh hai , yah thōṛā aisā hai  ! aisē nahī̃[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bahut vāh hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! it isn't that this then very wah! be[pres.sg.23] , this short such be[pres.sg.23]  ! 204नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .

238It is not that someone is very wonderful and that someone else is a little bit like this or that, is it?

205वाह मेरा परिवार  ! vāh mērā parivār  ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ! wah! I[.kā] family  !

239No! 240"Wah, my family!"

206वाह मेरा भाग्य  ! vāh mērā bhāgya  ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.]  ! wah! I[.kā] x  !

241"Wah my fortune!" 242"Wah my Baba!"

207और वाह मेरा बाबा  ! aur vāh mērā bābā  ! aur vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā  ! and wah! I[.kā] Baba  !

243A Brahmin life means "Wah!

208ब्राह्मण जीवन अर्थात् वाह-वाह  ! brāhmaṇ jīvan arthāt vāh-vāh  ! brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vāh  ! Brahmin life that is wah!  !

244Wah!" not "Hi! 245Hi!" (cries of distress).

209हाय-हाय नहीं . hāy-hāy nahī̃ . hāy nahī̃[neg] . Hai! not . 210शारीरिक व्याधि में भी हाय-हाय नहीं , वाह  ! śhārīrik vyādhi mē̃ bhī hāy-hāy nahī̃ , vāh  ! śhārīrik[adj.] vyādhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hāy nahī̃[neg] , vāh  ! x illness in too Hai! not , wah!  !

246Even when you have some sort of physical illness, no cries of distress should emerge from you.

211यह भी बोझ उतरता है . yah bhī bōjh utartā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] utarnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this too burden go down[pres.sg.m.23] .

247This is also the way to remove your burdens.

212अगर 10 मण से आपका 3-4 मण बोझ उतर जाए तो अच्छा है या हाय-हाय  ? agar 10 maṇ sē āpkā 3-4 maṇ bōjh utar jāē tō achchhā hai yā hāy-hāy  ? agar 10 maṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] āp[pn.pl.kā] 3-4 maṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] utarnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā hāy  ? if 10 85 lbs from you[.kā] 3-4 85 lbs burden go down[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then achcha be[pres.sg.23] or Hai!  ? 213क्या है  ? kyā hai  ? kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

248Is it benevolent or distressing when you are able to reduce your burdens from 10 tonnes to 3 or 4 tonnes.

214वाह बोझ उतरा  ! vāh bōjh utarā  ! vāh bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] utarnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! wah! burden go down[past-part.m.sg.d.]  !

249Which is it? 250"Wah!

215हाय मेरा पार्ट ही ऐसा है  ! hāy mērā part hī aisā hai  ! hāy maĩ[pn.sg.kā] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! Hai! I[.kā] part only such be[pres.sg.23]  !

251My burden has been removed."

216हाय मेरे को व्याधि छोड़ती ही नहीं है  ! hāy mērē kō vyādhi chhōṛtī hī nahī̃ hai  ! hāy maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] vyādhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chhōṛnā[pres-part.f.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! Hai! I[.kē] to illness renounce[pres-part.f.] only not be[pres.sg.23]  !

252Do not say, "My part is such!" 253"Oh, this illness won't leave me alone."

217आप छोड़ो या व्याधि छोड़ेगी  ? āp chhōṛō yā vyādhi chhōṛēgī  ? āp[pn.pl.] chhōṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā vyādhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chhōṛnā[fut.f.sg.23]  ? you renounce[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or illness renounce[fut.f.sg.23]  ?

254Do you have to let go or does the illness go away by itself?

218वाह-वाह करते जाओ तो वाह-वाह करने से व्याधि भी खुश हो जायेगी . vāh-vāh kartē jāō tō vāh-vāh karnē sē vyādhi bhī khuśh hō jāyēgī . vāh karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] tō vāh karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] vyādhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . wah! do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+jānā] then wah! do[inf.m.pl.,o.] from illness too happy be[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

255By continuing to say, "Wah! 256Wah!", your illness too will also become happy.

219देखो , यहाँ भी ऐसे होता है ना , किसकी महिमा करते हो तो वाह-वाह करते हैं . dēkhō , yahā̃ bhī aisē hōtā hai nā , kiskī mahimā kartē hō tō vāh-vāh kartē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yahā̃ bhī[p.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā , kaun[pn.sg.kī] mahimā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō vāh karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , here too such be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ , who[.kī] praise do[pres.pl.m.2] then wah! do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

257Look, the same thing happens here. 258When you praise someone, you say, "Wah! 259Wah!" 260Therefore, say, "Wah!

220तो व्याधि को भी वाह-वाह कहो . tō vyādhi kō bhī vāh-vāh kahō . tō vyādhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vāh kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then illness to too wah! say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

261Wah!" to any illness that comes.

221हाय यह मेरे पास ही क्यों आई , मेरा ही हिसाब है  ! hāy yah mērē pās|pass hī kyō̃ eye|āī|I , mērā hī hisāb hai  ! hāy yah[pn.sg.d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass hī[p.] kyō̃ eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hī[p.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! Hai! this I[.kē] (x|pass) only why (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) , I[.kā] only account be[pres.sg.23]  !

262Do not ask, "Why did this come to me. 263Is this a karmic account for me alone?"

222प्राप्ति के आगे हिसाब तो कुछ भी नहीं है . prāpti kē āgē hisāb tō kuchh bhī nahī̃ hai . prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kē āgē[x] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kuchh bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . attainment in front of account then anything not be[pres.sg.23] .

264That illness is nothing when compared to the attainments you receive.

223प्राप्तियां सामने रखो और हिसाब-किताब सामने रखो , तो वह क्या लगेगा  ? prāptiyā̃ sāmnē rakhō aur hisāb-kitāb sāmnē rakhō , tō vah kyā lagēgā  ? prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur hisāb-kitāb[n.f.;sg.] sāmnē rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō vah[pn.sg.d.] kyā lagnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? attainment x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and accounts x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then that what x[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

265When you put your attainments in front of your karmic accounts, what would your accounts look like? 266What would they seem to be?

224बहुत छोटी सी चीज़ लगेगी . bahut chhōṭī see|sī|C chīz lagēgī . bahut chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C chīz[n.f.;sg.] lagnā[fut.f.sg.23] . very small (see|x) thing x[fut.f.sg.23] .

267They would seem to be something very trivial.

225मतलब तो ब्राह्मण जीवन में कुछ भी हो जाए , पॉजिटिव रूप में देखो . matlab tō brāhmaṇ jīvan mē̃ kuchh bhī hō jāē , positive rūp mē̃ dēkhō . matlab[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , positive rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x then Brahmin life in anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , positive Rup in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

268The main thing is that whatever happens in your Brahmin life, you must look at it positively.

226निगेटिव से पॉजिटिव करना तो आता है ना . negative sē positive karnā tō ātā hai nā . negative sē[postp.] positive karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . negative from positive do[inf.m.sg.d.] then come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .

269You know how to change something negative into positive, do you not?

227निगेटिव-पॉजिटिव का कोर्स भी तो कराते हो ना  ! nigēṭiv-pôjiṭiv kā course bhī tō karātē hō nā  ! x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] course bhī[p.] tō karānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! x of course too then make commit[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  !

270You give courses on positive thinking, do you not?

228तो उस समय अपने आपको कोर्स कराओ तो मुश्किल सहज हो जायेगा . tō us samay apnē āpkō course karāō tō muśhkil sahaj hō jāyēgā . tō vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.kō] course karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō muśhkil[adj.] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . then that time one’s own you[.kō] course make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then difficult easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

271Therefore, at that time, give yourself that course and then anything difficult will become easy.

229मुश्किल शब्द ब्राह्मणों की डिक्शनरी में नहीं होना चाहए . muśhkil śhabda brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key dictionary mē̃ nahī̃ hōnā cāhaē . muśhkil[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dictionary mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] x . difficult word Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x in not be[inf.m.sg.d.] x .

272The word "difficult" should not exist in the Brahmin dictionary.

230अच्छा –achchhā –achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] –achcha –231कोई भी हिसाब है , आत्मा से है , शरीर से है या प्रकृति से है  ; क्योंकि प्रकृति के यह 5 तत्व भी कई बार मुश्किल का अनुभव कराते हैं . kōī bhī hisāb hai , ātmā sē hai , śharīr sē hai yā prakr̥iti sē hai  ; kyōṅki prakr̥iti kē|K yah 5 tatva bhī kaī bār muśhkil kā anubhav karātē haĩ . kōī bhī[x] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā prakr̥iti[x] sē[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ; kyōṅki prakr̥iti[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K yah[pn.sg.d.] 5 tatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] muśhkil[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . anyone account be[pres.sg.23] , soul from be[pres.sg.23] , body from be[pres.sg.23] or matter from be[pres.sg.23]  ; because matter (of|K) this 5 element too some time difficult of experience make commit[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 232कोई भी हिसाब-किताब योग अग्नि में भस्म कर लो . kōī bhī hisāb-kitāb yōg agni mē̃ bhasma kar lō . kōī bhī[x] hisāb-kitāb[n.f.;sg.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] agni[x] mē̃[postp.] bhasma karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+lēnā] . anyone accounts yoga fire in x .

273Achcha, no matter what accounts you have, either with souls, or with matter or with your own body ­ even the five elements of matter can make you experience something easy to be difficult ­ change those karmic accounts with the fire of yoga. 274Do you understand what you have to do?

233समझा क्या करना है  ? samjhā kyā karnā hai  ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] kyā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) what do[pres.sg.23.oblig1]  ? 234जमा का खाता बढ़ाओ . jamā kā khātā baṛhāō . jamā kā khātā[x] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . saving account increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

275You have to increase your account of accumulation.

235बोल में भी साधारण बोल नहीं , बोल में भी भिन्न-भिन्न भाव और भावना होती है और बोल द्वारा भाव और भावना का पता पड़ जाता है . bōl mē̃ bhī sādhāraṇ bōl nahī̃ , bōl mē̃ bhī bhinn-bhinn bhāv aur bhāvnā hōtī hai aur bōl dvārā bhāv aur bhāvnā kā patā paṛ jātā hai . bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sādhāraṇ[adj.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] nahī̃[neg] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] dvārā bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (x|speak[root]) in too ordinary (x|speak[root]) not , (x|speak[root]) in too different consciousness and feeling be[pres.sg.f.23] and (x|speak[root]) through consciousness and feeling of knowledge fall[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

276The words you speak should not be ordinary. 277There are many different feelings and motives even in your words. 278You can tell from someone's words what one's motives and feelings are.

236तो सदा जो भी बोल बोलो उसमें आत्मिक भाव हो और शुभ व श्रेष्ठ भावना हो . tō sadā jō bhī bōl bōlō usmē̃ ātmik bhāv hō aur śhubh va śhrēṣhṭh bhāvnā hō . tō sadā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ātmik[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur śhubh[adj.] va śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then constantly that too (x|speak[root]) speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that[.mē̃] soul-conscious consciousness (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and pure and positive x elevated feeling (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 237बोल भी और भावना भी . bōl bhī aur bhāvnā bhī . bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] bhī[p.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] . (x|speak[root]) too and feeling too .

279Whatever words you speak, you should do so with soul conscious feelings and with benevolent and elevated wishes.

238माया की जो भावना है वह है ईर्ष्या , हसद , घृणा … यह माया की भावना है . māyā kī|key jō bhāvnā hai vah hai īrṣhyā , hasad , ghr̥iṇā … yah māyā kī|key bhāvnā hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jō[pn.;d.] bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] īrṣhyā[n.f.;sg.] , hasad[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ghr̥iṇā[n.f.;sg.] … yah[pn.sg.d.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) that feeling be[pres.sg.23] that be[pres.sg.23] jealousy , jealousy , hatred … this Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling be[pres.sg.23] .

280Let there be this in your words and your feelings! 281Maya's feelings are of jealousy, envy and dislike etc.

239सदा शुभ भाव और भावना हो . sadā śhubh bhāv aur bhāvnā hō . sadā śhubh[adj.] bhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . constantly pure and positive consciousness and feeling (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 240ऐसा है  ? aisā hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? such be[pres.sg.23]  ?

282Always have benevolent wishes and pure motives.

241चेक करना . check karnā . check karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . check do[inf.m.sg.d.] .

283Is it like this?

242समय का खज़ाना , बोल का खज़ाना , संकल्पों का खज़ाना , शक्तियों का खज़ाना , ज्ञान का खज़ाना , गुणों का खज़ाना … एक-एक खज़ाने को चेक करो क्योंकि हर खज़ाने का खाता जमा करना है . samay kā khazānā , bōl kā khazānā , saṅkalpō̃ kā khazānā , śhaktiyō̃ kā khazānā , gyān kā khazānā , guṇō̃ kā khazānā … ēk-ēk khazānē kō check karō kyōṅki har|her khazānē kā khātā jamā karnā hai . samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , saṅkalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] … ēk[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki har|harnā[root]|her khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamā karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . time of treasure , (x|speak[root]) of treasure , thought of treasure , Shakti of treasure , knowledge of treasure , virtue of treasure … one treasure to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because (x|x[root]) treasure of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) accumulate .

284Check yourselves. 285Check each of your treasures because you have to accumulate every treasure: the treasure of time, the treasure of words, the treasure of thoughts, the treasure of powers, the treasure of knowledge and the treasure of virtues.

243इन सर्व खज़ानों का खाता भरपूर हो तब कहेंगे फुल मार्क्स अर्थात् पास विद् ऑनर . in sarv khazānō̃ kā khātā bharpūr hō tab kahē̃gē full marks arthāt pass with honour . yah[pn.pl.o.]|in sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tab kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] full marks[x] arthāt pass with honour[x] . (this|in) all treasure of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) for only then say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] full marks that is pass with honours .

286To claim full marks means to have an account full of every treasure. 287Only then can it be said that you have passed with honour.

244ऐसे नहीं सोचना - एक खज़ाना अगर कम जमा है तो क्या हर्जा है लेकिन पास विद् ऑनर बनने के लिए सर्व खज़ानों में खाता भरपूर हो . aisē nahī̃ sōchnā - ēk khazānā agar cum|kam jamā hai tō kyā harjā hai lēkin pass with honour bannē kē liē sarv khazānō̃ mē̃ khātā bharpūr hō . aisē nahī̃[x] sōchnā[inf.m.sg.d.] - ēk[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] agar cum|kam[adj.] jamnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō kyā harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin pass with honour[x] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bharpūr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . it isn't that think[inf.m.sg.d.] - one treasure if (x|less) x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then what x be[pres.sg.23] but pass with honours become[inf.m.pl.,o.] for all treasure in (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) full (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

288Don’t think that it doesn’t matter if you haven’t accumulated enough of a certain treasure. 289In order to pass with honour, your account must be full of all the treasures.

245बापदादा के सामने जो आप बैठे हैं सिर्फ उन्हों को नहीं देख रहे हैं . bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē jō āp baiṭhē haĩ sirph unhō̃ kō nahī̃ dēkh rahē haĩ . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] sirph[adj.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . BapDada (of|K) x that you sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] only that to not see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

290BapDada is not only seeing all of you who are sitting here, but He is also seeing all of the children who are in this land and abroad.

246जो भी बच्चे देश में हैं या विदेश में हैं , सभी को देख रहे हैं . jō bhī bachchē dēśh mē̃ haĩ yā vidēśh mē̃ haĩ , sabhī kō dēkh rahē haĩ . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that too child land in be[pres.pl.12hon3] or abroad in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , all to see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

291Although you aren’t personally sitting in front of Baba, you are seated in His heart.

247सम्मुख नहीं हैं लेकिन दिल में हैं . sammukh nahī̃ haĩ lēkin dil mē̃ haĩ . sammukh nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . in front of you not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but heart in be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

292Today, some are personally in front of Baba and tomorrow, there will be others.

248आज आप सम्मुख हो , कल और होंगे . āj āp sammukh hō , kal aur hōṅgē . āj āp[pn.pl.] sammukh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , kal aur hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . today you in front of you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , x and be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

293However, do not think that BapDada is not looking at you.

249लेकिन ऐसे नहीं कि आपको बापदादा नहीं देखते . lēkin aisē nahī̃ ki āpkō bāpdādā nahī̃ dēkhtē . lēkin aisē nahī̃[x] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.kō] bāpdādā nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . but it isn't that that you[.kō] BapDada not see[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

294Those here are in front of Baba and the others are in His heart.

250वह दिल में हैं , आप सम्मुख हो . vah dil mē̃ haĩ , āp sammukh hō . vah[pn.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] sammukh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . that heart in be[pres.pl.12hon3] , you in front of you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 251ऐसे नहीं आप दिल में नहीं हो लेकिन सम्मुख हो उसका महत्त्व है . aisē nahī̃ āp dil mē̃ nahī̃ hō lēkin sammukh hō uskā mahattva hai . aisē nahī̃[x] āp[pn.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] lēkin sammukh hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vah[pn.sg.kā] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] . it isn't that you heart in not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) but in front of you (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.kā] x be[pres.sg.23] .

295It is not that you are not also in Baba's heart, but there is special importance in being personally in front of Baba.

252समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) . 253अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

296Do you understand?

254बिज़नेस वाले हाथ उठाओ . business vālē hāth uṭhāō . business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . business those who raise your hands .

297Achcha. 298Businessmen, raise your hands!

255बिज़नेस वाले क्या सोचते हैं  ? business vālē kyā sōchtē haĩ  ? business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? business those who what think[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

299What do you businessmen think?

256खास आपको चांस मिला है . khās āpkō chance milā hai . khās āp[pn.pl.kō] chance milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . x you[.kō] chance receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

300You have been given a special chance.

257बिज़नेस वालों को बाप से भी बिज़नेस कराओ . business vālō̃ kō bāp sē bhī business karāō . business vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] business karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . business those who to father from too business make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

301You businessmen have to do business with the Father.

258सिर्फ खुद किया वह तो अच्छा किया लेकिन औरों को भी बाप से बिज़नेस कराओ क्योंकि आजकल सर्व बिज़नेसमैन टेन्शन में बहुत हैं . sirph khud kiyā vah tō achchhā kiyā lēkin aurō̃ kō bhī bāp sē business karāō kyōṅki ājkal sarv bizanēsamain tension mē̃ bahut haĩ . sirph[adj.] khud karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] business karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kyōṅki ājkal sarv[adj.] x tension mē̃[postp.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . only oneself do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that then achcha do[past-part.m.sg.d.] but others to too father from business make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] because nowadays all x tension in very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

302If you yourselves have done this business, then that is good. 303However, you must also enable others to do this business because, nowadays, all businessmen everywhere have a lot of tension.

259बिज़नेस समय अनुसार नीचे जा रहा है . business samay anusār nīchē jā rahā hai . business samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār nīchē jānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . business time according to down go[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

304According to the time, business is going down.

260इसलिए जितना भी पैसा है , पैसे के साथ चिंता है - क्या होगा  ! isliē jitnā bhī paisā hai , paisē kē sāth chintā hai - kyā hōgā  ! isliē jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] paisā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , paisā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kē sāth[x] chintā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23]  ! therefore the more too money be[pres.sg.23] , money with worry be[pres.sg.23] - what be[fut.m.sg.23]  !

305This is why the more money they have, the more they worry about what is going to happen.

261तो उन्हों को चिंता से हटाए अविनाशी खज़ाने का महत्व सुनाओ . tō unhō̃ kō chintā sē haṭāē avināśhī khazānē kā mahatva sunāō . tō vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] haṭānā[opt.sg.23]|haṭānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] avināśhī[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mahatva[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then that to worry from (remove[opt.sg.23]|remove[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) imperishable treasure of importance speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

306You must remove their worries and tell them about the importance of these imperishable treasures.

262तो जितने भी बिज़नेसमैन आये हैं चाहे छोटा बिज़नेस है , चाहे बड़ा है . tō jitnē bhī bizanēsamain āyē haĩ chāhē chhōṭā business hai , chāhē baṛā hai . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] x ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] business hōnā[pres.sg.23] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then the more too x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) small business be[pres.sg.23] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) very be[pres.sg.23] . 263लेकिन अपने हमजिन्स कार्य करने वालों को खुशी का रास्ता बताओ . lēkin apnē hamjins kārya karnē vālō̃ kō khuśhī kā rāstā batāō . lēkin apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hamjins[adj.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] batānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but one’s own x task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to happiness of path tell[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

307All you businessmen who have come here, whether you have a small business or a large business, you must show all your equals, in the same field of business as you are, the way to happiness. 308Do any of you businessmen who have come here have any worries?

264जो भी आप बिज़नेसमैन आये हैं उन्हों को चिंता है  ? jō bhī āp bizanēsamain āyē haĩ unhō̃ kō chintā hai  ? jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.] x ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] chintā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? that too you x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to worry be[pres.sg.23]  ?

309Do you worry at all about what is going to happen or how it will happen? 310Do you have any worries?

265क्या होगा , कैसे होगा , चिंता है  ? kyā hōgā , kaisē hōgā , chintā hai  ? kyā hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , chintā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? what be[fut.m.sg.23] , how be[fut.m.sg.23] , worry be[pres.sg.23]  ?

311Those who do not have any worries, raise your hand!

266चिंता नहीं है तो हाथ उठाओ . chintā nahī̃ hai tō hāth uṭhāō . chintā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . worry not be[pres.sg.23] then raise your hands .

312Do you not have any worries?

267कल कुछ हो जाये तो  ? kal kuchh hō jāyē tō  ? kal kuchh hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō  ? x anything be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then  ?

313What if something happens tomorrow?

268बेफिकर बादशाह हैं  ? bēphikar bādśhāh haĩ  ? bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? carefree emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

314Will you still be carefree emperors?

269बिज़नेसमैन बेफिक्र बादशाह हैं  ? bizanēsamain bēphikr bādśhāh haĩ  ? x bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? x carefree emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

315Are you businessmen carefree emperors?

270थोड़ों ने हाथ उठाया  ? thōṛō̃ nē hāth uṭhāyā  ? thōṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ? short ∅ raise your hands  ?

316Only a few of you raised your hands!

271जिसको थोड़ा-थोड़ा फिकर है वह हाथ उठा सकते हो या शर्म आयेगा  ? jiskō thōṛā-thōṛā phikar hai vah hāth uṭhā saktē hō yā śharm āyēgā  ? jō[pn.sg.kō] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phikr[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] yā śharm[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23]  ? that[.kō] short worry be[pres.sg.23] that raise your hands or x come[fut.m.sg.23]  ?

317Those of you who have a little worry, raise your hand! 318Or, are you embarrassed to do so?

272बापदादा ने टाइटल ही दिया है - बेफिक्र बादशाह , बेगमपुर के बादशाह . bāpdādā nē title hī diyā hai - bēphikr bādśhāh , bēgampur kē|K bādśhāh . bāpdādā nē[postp.] title hī[p.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - bēphikr bādśhāh[x] , bēgampur[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . BapDada ∅ title only give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] - carefree emperor , carefree land (of|K) emperor .

319BapDada has given you the title, “Carefree emperors”. 320You are the emperors of the land free from sorrow.

273तो जब भी कोई ऐसी बात आये , आयेगी तो ज़रूर लेकिन आप बेगमपुर में चले जाना . tō jab bhī kōī aisī bāt āyē , āyēgī tō zarūr lēkin āp bēgampur mē̃ chalē jānā . tō jab bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ānā[fut.f.sg.23] tō zarūr lēkin āp[pn.pl.] bēgampur[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then when too some such matter (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , come[fut.f.sg.23] then definitely but you carefree land in (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .

321So, when any situation arises, and many things will come, just go to the land that is free from sorrow.

274बेगमपुर में बैठ जाना तो बादशाह भी हो जायेंगे और बेगमपुर में भी हो जायेंगे . bēgampur mē̃ baiṭh jānā tō bādśhāh bhī hō jāyēṅgē aur bēgampur mē̃ bhī hō jāyēṅgē . bēgampur[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] aur bēgampur[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . carefree land in sit[root] (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) then emperor too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] and carefree land in too be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

322Go and sit in that land free from sorrow and you will become an emperor of the land where there is no sorrow.

275आपने ही आह्वान किया है कि पुरानी दुनिया जाये और नई दुनिया आये , तो जायेगी कैसे  ? āpnē hī āhvān kiyā hai ki purānī duniyā jāyē aur naī duniyā āyē , tō jāyēgī kaisē  ? āp[pn.pl.nē] hī[p.] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , tō jānā[fut.f.sg.23] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]  ? you[.nē] only invocation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that old world go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] and new world (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , then go[fut.f.sg.23] how  ?

323You have asked for the old world to go and have invoked the new world to come. 324Therefore, how would the old world go?

276नीचे ऊपर होगी तब तो जायेगी . nīchē ūpar hōgī tab tō jāyēgī . nīchē ūpar hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] tab tō jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . down over be[fut.f.sg.23] for only then then go[fut.f.sg.23] .

325It can only go when there is some fluctuation.

277कुछ भी हो जाए आपको बेफिक्र बनना ही है . kuchh bhī hō jāē āpkō bēphikr bannā hī hai . kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] āp[pn.pl.kō] bēphikr[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] you[.kō] carefree become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .

326No matter what happens, you have to become free from worry.

278आपने ही आह्वान किया है , पुरानी दुनिया खत्म हो . āpnē hī āhvān kiyā hai , purānī duniyā khatm hō . āp[pn.pl.nē] hī[p.] āhvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . you[.nē] only invocation do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , old world finished (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

327You have invoked the destruction of the old world.

279तो पुरानी दुनिया में पुराने मकान में क्या होता है  ? tō purānī duniyā mē̃ purānē makān mē̃ kyā hōtā hai  ? tō purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? then old world in old building in what be[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

328What happens to the old buildings in the old world?

280कभी क्या टूटता है , कभी क्या गिरता है , तो यह तो होगा ही . kabhī kyā ṭūṭtā hai , kabhī kyā girtā hai , tō yah tō hōgā hī . kabhī[adv.] kyā ṭūṭnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] kyā girnā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] hī[p.] . ever what break[pres.sg.m.23] , ever what fall down[pres.sg.m.23] , then this then be[fut.m.sg.23] only .

329Sometimes, something breaks; sometimes, something falls. 330This will happen.

281नथिंगन्यु . nothing new . nothing new . nothing new .

331It is nothing new!

282ब्रह्मा बाप का यही हर बात में शब्द था - ` ` नथिंगन्यु . brahmā bāp kā yahī har|her bāt mē̃ śhabda thā - ` ` nothing new . brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] har|harnā[root]|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.m.sg] - ` ` nothing new . Brahma father of this (x|x[root]) matter in word be[past.m.sg] - ` ` nothing new .

332These words “Nothing new” were Brahma Baba's words for everything.

283' ' होना ही है , हो रहा है और हम बेफिक्र बादशाह . ' ' hōnā hī hai , hō rahā hai aur ham bēphikr bādśhāh . ' ' hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , hōnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] aur ham[pn.pl.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] . ' ' be[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , be[pres.sg.m.prog.23] and we carefree emperor .

333It has to happen, it is happening and we are carefree emperors.

284ऐसे बेफिक्र हो  ? aisē bēphikr hō  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? such carefree (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

334You are such carefree emperors.

285बेफिक्र होंगे तो देवाला भी बच जायेगा और फिक्र में होंगे , निर्णय ठीक नहीं होगा तो एक दिन में क्या से क्या बन जाते हैं . bēphikr hōṅgē tō dēvālā bhī bach jāyēgā aur phikra mē̃ hōṅgē , nirṇay ṭhīk nahī̃ hōgā tō ēk din mē̃ kyā sē kyā ban jātē haĩ . bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō dēvālā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] bachnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] aur phikr[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , nirṇay[x] ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō ēk[adj.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kyā sē[postp.] kyā bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . carefree be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then bankrupt too x[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] and worry in be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , discernment OK not be[fut.m.sg.23] then one day in what from what become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . 286यह तो जानते ही हो . yah tō jāntē hī hō . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this then know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

335When you are free from worry you will be saved about worrying from becoming bankrupt. 336When you have worries, you are unable to make any right decision. 337You know how you can change from one thing to another in one day.

287बेफिक्र होंगे , निर्णय अच्छा होगा तो बच जायेंगे . bēphikr hōṅgē , nirṇay achchhā hōgā tō bach jāyēṅgē . bēphikr[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , nirṇay[x] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tō bachnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . carefree be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , discernment achcha be[fut.m.sg.23] then x[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

338When you become carefree, you would be able to make good decisions and be saved.

288टचिंग होगी - अभी समय अनुसार यह करें या नहीं करें  ! touching hōgī - abhī samay anusār yah karē̃ yā nahī̃ karē̃  ! touching hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] - ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3]  ! touching be[fut.f.sg.23] - now time according to this do[opt.pl.12hon3] or not do[opt.pl.12hon3]  !

339You will receive touchings as to whether you should do something now or not according to that time.

289इसीलिए फिक्र माना बिज़नेस भी गिरना और अपनी स्थिति भी गिरना . isīliē phikra mānā business bhī girnā aur apnī sthiti bhī girnā . isīliē phikr[n.f.;sg.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] business bhī[p.] girnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] girnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x worry (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) business too fall down[inf.m.sg.d.] and one’s own stage too fall down[inf.m.sg.d.] .

340This is why when you worry, your business falls and so does your stage.

290तो सदैव यह याद रखो - बेफिक्र बादशाह हैं . tō sadaiv yah yād rakhō - bēphikr bādśhāh haĩ . tō sadā yah[pn.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then constantly this remember - carefree emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

341Therefore, always remember that you are carefree emperors.

291फिक्र की बात भी बदल जायेगी . phikra kī|key bāt bhī badal jāyēgī . phikr[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] badalnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] . worry (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter too change[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] .

342Then any worrying situation will change.

292हिम्मत नहीं हारो , दिलशिकस्त कभी नहीं हो . himmat nahī̃ hārō , dilśhikasta kabhī nahī̃ hō . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hārnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dilśhikast[adj.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . courage not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , disheartened ever not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

343Don’t lose your courage! 344Never become disheartened!

293हिम्मत से बाप की मदद मिलती रहेगी . himmat sē bāp kī|key madad miltī rahēgī . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . courage from father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x receive[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

345When you maintain your courage, you will continue to receive Baba's help.

294बाप मदद के लिए बंधा हुआ है लेकिन हिम्मतहीन का मददगार नहीं है . bāp madad kē liē bandhā huā hai lēkin himmathīn kā madadgār nahī̃ hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] madad[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] bandhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] lēkin himmat-hīn[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father x for be tied[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] but without courage of helper not be[pres.sg.23] .

346Baba is bound to help you. 347However, He is not going to help those who have no courage.

295आप सोचेंगे कि बाप की मदद तो मिली नहीं , लेकिन पहले यह सोचो हिम्मत है  ? āp sōchē̃gē ki bāp kī|key madad tō milī nahī̃ , lēkin pahlē yah sōchō himmat hai  ? āp[pn.pl.] sōchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] tō milnā[past-part.f.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? you think[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x then receive[past-part.f.] not , but (x|firstly) this think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] courage be[pres.sg.23]  ?

348Perhaps you may think that you didn't receive Baba's help. 349However, first of all, think whether you had courage.

296हिम्मत बच्चे की मदद बाप की . himmat bachchē kī|key madad bāp kī|key . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . courage child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

350When children have courage, the Father helps.

297आधा शब्द नहीं पकड़ो , बाप की मदद तो चाहिए ना  ! ādhā śhabda nahī̃ pakaṛō , bāp kī|key madad tō chāhiē nā  ! ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] pakaṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key madad[n.f.;sg.] tō chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] nā  ! half word not x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x then (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) ∅  !

351Do not just hold onto half the sentence. 352You need the Father's help, but do you also have courage?

298लेकिन हिम्मत रखी  ? lēkin himmat rakhī  ? lēkin himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.f.]  ? but courage keep[past-part.f.]  ? 299दिलशिकस्त न होकर हिम्मत रखते चलो तो मदद गुप्त मिलती रहेगी . dilśhikasta na hōkar himmat rakhtē chalō tō madad gupta miltī rahēgī . dilśhikast[adj.] na[neg] hōnā[abs.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō madad[n.f.;sg.] gupt[adj.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] . disheartened not be[abs.] courage keep[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then x incognito receive[fut.f.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] .

353When you don’t become disheartened but continue to maintain your courage, you will continue to receive help in an incognito way.

300तो बोलो कौन हो  ? tō bōlō kaun hō  ? tō bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? then speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

354Therefore, who are you?

301बिज़नेसमैन सभी बोलो कौन हो  ? bizanēsamain sabhī bōlō kaun hō  ? x sab[adv.hī] bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? x all speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

355All of you businessmen, who are all of you?

302बेफिक्र बादशाह हो  ? bēphikr bādśhāh hō  ? bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2]  ? carefree emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2])  ?

356Are you the carefree emperors?

303यह याद रखना . yah yād rakhnā . yah[pn.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[x] . this remember . 304हिम्मत कभी नहीं छोड़ना , कुछ भी हो जाए मदद मिलेगी . himmat kabhī nahī̃ chhōṛnā , kuchh bhī hō jāē madad milēgī . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kuchh bhī[x] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] madad[n.f.;sg.] milnā[fut.f.sg.23] . courage ever not renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] , anything be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] x receive[fut.f.sg.23] .

357Remember that you must never let go of your courage, and then no matter what happens, you will receive help.

305लेकिन आधा नहीं याद करना . lēkin ādhā nahī̃ yād karnā . lēkin ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] yād karnā[x] . but half not remember .

358However, don’t just remember half the sentence.

306पूरा याद रखना . pūrā yād rakhnā . pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād rakhnā[x] . full remember .

359Remember the full sentence!

307अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 308मातायें बिजनेसमैन नहीं हैं  ? mātāyē̃ businessman nahī̃ haĩ  ? mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] businessman nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? mother businessman not be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

360Achcha, are there no mothers who are also business women?

309 ( हैं ) तो मातायें भी बेफिक्र बादशाह हैं  ? ( haĩ ) tō mātāyē̃ bhī bēphikr bādśhāh haĩ  ? ( hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) tō mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? ( be[pres.pl.12hon3] ) then mother too carefree emperor be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

361Are the mothers carefree emperors?

310नौकर नहीं बन जाना . naukar nahī̃ ban jānā . naukar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x not (x|become[root]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .

362Do not become servants.

311मालिक , बादशाह बनकर रहना . mālik , bādśhāh bankar rahnā . mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . master , emperor become[abs.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .

363Be the masters, the carefree empresses.

312चिंता है तो उदासी है . chintā hai tō udāsī hai . chintā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō udāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|udāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . worry be[pres.sg.23] then (unhappiness|x) be[pres.sg.23] . 313उदासी माना दासी बनना . udāsī mānā dāsī bannā . udāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.]|udāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dāsī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (unhappiness|x) (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) maid become[inf.m.sg.d.] .

364When you have worries, you experience unhappiness.

314इसलिए बादशाह बनना . isliē bādśhāh bannā . isliē bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . therefore emperor become[inf.m.sg.d.] . 315अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

365To be unhappy means to become a servant.

316दूसरे हैं - इन्जीनियर और वैज्ञानिक वह हाथ उठाओ . dūsrē haĩ - engineer aur vaigyānik vah hāth uṭhāō . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] - engineer aur vaigyānik[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . other be[pres.pl.12hon3] - engineer and x that raise your hands .

366Therefore, remain an empress. 367This second group is of engineers and scientists.

317वैज्ञानिकों को बहुत अच्छा अनुभव है . vaijñānikō̃ kō bahut achchhā anubhav hai . x kō[postp.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x to very achcha experience be[pres.sg.23] .

368Raise your hands! 369Scientists have very good experiences.

318जैसे साइंस दिनप्रतिदिन अति सूक्ष्म , महीन होती जाती है . jaisē science dinpratidin ati sūkṣhma , mahīn hōtī jātī hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] science pratidin ati sūkṣhma[adj.] , mahīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . like science day by day x subtle , refined be[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . 319ऐसे आप साइलेन्स और साइंस - दोनों के अनुभवी हो . aisē āp silence aur science - dōnō̃ kē|K anubhavī hō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] āp[pn.pl.] silence aur science - dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhavī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . such you silence and science - x (of|K) experienced (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

370Just as day by day science is becoming more and more subtle and refined, you are just as experienced in silence as you are in science.

320तो अपने हमजिन्स को साइलेन्स का महत्त्व सुनाओ . tō apnē hamjins kō silence kā mahattva sunāō . tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hamjins[adj.] kō[postp.] silence kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x sunānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then one’s own x to silence of x speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

371You must tell your equals the importance of silence.

321उनका भी कल्याण करो . unkā bhī kalyāṇ karō . vah[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kā] too benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

372Benefit them also.

322कल्याण करना आता है ना  ? kalyāṇ karnā ātā hai nā  ? kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? benefit do[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

373Do you know how to benefit them?

323साइलेन्स भी एक विज्ञान है , साइलेन्स का विज्ञान क्या है , उसकी इन्हों को पहचान दो . silence bhī ēk vigyān hai , silence kā vigyān kyā hai , uskī inhō̃ kō pahchān dō . silence bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , silence kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.sg.kī] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] pahchānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . silence too one vigyan be[pres.sg.23] , silence of vigyan what be[pres.sg.23] , that[.kī] this to recognise[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .

374Silence is also a science. 375Give them the recognition of the science of silence.

324साइलेन्स के विज्ञान से क्या-क्या होता है , यह जानने से साइंस भी ज्यादा रिफाइन कर सकेंगे क्योंकि हमारी नई दुनिया में भी विज्ञान तो काम में आयेगा ना  ! silence kē|K vigyān sē kyā-kyā hōtā hai , yah jānnē sē science bhī jyādā refine kar sakē̃gē kyōṅki hamārī naī duniyā mē̃ bhī vigyān tō kām mē̃ āyēgā nā  ! silence kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] jānnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] science bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] refine karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] kyōṅki ham[pn.pl.kī] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā  ! silence (of|K) vigyan from what be[pres.sg.m.23] , this know[inf.m.pl.,o.] from science too more refine do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] because we[.kī] new world in too vigyan then (task|lust) in come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅  ! 325लेकिन रिफाइन रूप में होगा . lēkin refine rūp mē̃ hōgā . lēkin refine rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . but refine Rup in be[fut.m.sg.23] .

376Show them what happens through the science of silence and they will be able to refine science a lot more, because science will also be very useful in your new world. 377However, it will be in a refined form. 378Although the scientific inventions of today are useful, they can also be harmful.

326अभी के विज्ञान की इन्वेन्शन में फायदा भी है , नुकसान भी है . abhī kē|K vigyān kī|key invention mē̃ phāydā bhī hai , nuksān bhī hai . ab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key invention mē̃[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . now (of|K) vigyan (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) invention in profit too be[pres.sg.23] , loss too be[pres.sg.23] .

379In the new world, because science will be refined, there will be no name or trace of anything harmful.

327लेकिन नई दुनिया में रिफाइन विज्ञान होने के कारण नुकसान का नाम-निशान नहीं होगा . lēkin naī duniyā mē̃ refine vigyān hōnē kē|K kāraṇ nuksān kā nām-niśhān nahī̃ hōgā . lēkin nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] refine vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nuksān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nām niśhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . but new world in refine vigyan be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because loss of x not be[fut.m.sg.23] . 328तो ऐसे जो बड़े-बड़े वैज्ञानिक हैं उन्हों को साइलेन्स का ज्ञान दो . tō aisē jō baṛē-baṛē vaigyānik haĩ unhō̃ kō silence kā gyān dō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vaigyānik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] silence kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such that very x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to silence of knowledge (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

380Give the knowledge of silence to the great scientists and they will then become helpers to do everything in the new world with refined science. 381How many scientists are there? 382How many have come here?

329तो फिर अपनी नई दुनिया में रिफाइन विज्ञान का कार्य करने में मददगार बनेंगे . tō phir apnī naī duniyā mē̃ refine vigyān kā kārya karnē mē̃ madadgār banē̃gē . tō phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] refine vigyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] madadgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then (turn[root]|then) one’s own new world in refine vigyan of task do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in helper become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

383(350) So when you 350 scientists come here again, how many will you bring with you? 384Will there only be 350?

330कितनी संख्या है वैज्ञानियों की  ? kitnī saṅkhyā hai vaijñāniyō̃ kī|key  ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key  ? so x be[pres.sg.23] x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key)  ?

385What will you do? 386Will each one of you bring another one?

331जो अभी आये हैं वह कितने हैं  ? jō abhī āyē haĩ vah kitnē haĩ  ? jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3]  ? that now come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that so be[pres.pl.12hon3]  ?

387If you are going to do this, then raise your hand!

332 ( 350 ) फिर जब आओ तो कितने आयेंगे  ? ( 350 ) phir jab āō tō kitnē āyēṅgē  ? ( 350 ) phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] jab ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? ( 350 ) (turn[root]|then) when come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then so come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

388Your name has already been noted down here.

333350 ही आयेंगे  ? 350 hī āyēṅgē  ? 350 hī[p.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 350 only come[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 334क्या करेंगे  ? kyā karē̃gē  ? kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

389Therefore, BapDada is going to watch this.

335एक-एक , एक को लायेंगे  ? ēk-ēk , ēk kō lāyēṅgē  ? ēk[adj.] , ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? one , one to x[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? 336लाना है तो हाथ उठाओ . lānā hai tō hāth uṭhāō . lānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] then raise your hands .

390You must bring at least one who is similar to yourself.

337आपका नाम तो नोट है . āpkā nām tō note hai . āp[pn.pl.kā] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō note hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you[.kā] name then note be[pres.sg.23] . 338बापदादा देखेंगे . bāpdādā dēkhē̃gē . bāpdādā dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . BapDada see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

391Those who are going to bring another one, raise your hand!

339एक , एक को तो आप समान बनाकर लाओ . ēk , ēk kō tō āp samān banākar lāō . ēk[adj.] , ēk[adj.] kō[postp.] tō āp[pn.pl.] samān[adj.] banānā[abs.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one , one to then you equal create[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

392Record this on TV! 393This too is a celebration.

340जो लायेंगे वह हाथ उठाओ , इन्हों का टी . वी . निकालो . jō lāyēṅgē vah hāth uṭhāō , inhō̃ kā T . we|V . nikālō . jō[pn.;d.] lānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] T . we|V . nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] that raise your hands , this of x . (x) . x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

394What else would it be? 395Achcha. 396All you businessmen, raise your hand! 397Record this also.

341यह भी एक मौज मनाना है और क्या है  ? yah bhī ēk mauj manānā hai aur kyā hai  ? yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] manānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? this too one pleasure celebrate[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and what be[pres.sg.23]  ?

398Together with the scientists, there are also engineers.

342अच्छा - बिज़नेसमैन हाथ उठाओ , इनका भी टी . वी . निकालो . achchhā - bizanēsamain hāth uṭhāō , inkā bhī T . we|V . nikālō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - x hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , yah[pn.pl.kā] bhī[p.] T . we|V . nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha - x raise your hands , this[.kā] too x . (x) . x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

399What will the engineers do? 400Engineers create one or another new thing.

343वैज्ञानिकों के साथ इन्जीनियर भी हैं . vaijñānikō̃ kē sāth engineer bhī haĩ . x kē sāth[x] engineer bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x with engineer too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

401Therefore, prepare others to create the new world in the golden age.

344इन्जीनियर क्या करेंगे  ? engineer kyā karē̃gē  ? engineer kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? engineer what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

402You will become rulers, will you not?

345इन्जीनियर कुछ न कुछ नया बनाते हैं . engineer kuchh na kuchh nayā banātē haĩ . engineer kuchh na[neg] kuchh nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . engineer anything not anything new create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

403You will not just become constructors, will you?

346तो सतयुग में नई दुनिया बनाने के लिए औरों को तैयार करो . tō satyug mē̃ naī duniyā banānē kē liē aurō̃ kō taiyār karō . tō satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] aurō̃ kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then golden age in new world create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for others to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

404Now prepare such souls who are able to create the best creation of the new world.

347आप तो राजा बनेंगे ना  ! āp tō rājā banē̃gē nā  ! āp[pn.pl.] tō rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! you then king become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  ! 348आप थोड़े ही मकान बनाने वाले बनेंगे . āp thōṛē hī makān banānē vālē banē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] makān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . you short only building create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

405They will do such engineering that they will create such things that would never be found at any other time in the cycle.

349तो ऐसी आत्मायें तैयार करो जो नई दुनिया की रचना बहुत अच्छे-से-अच्छी कर सकें . tō aisī ātmāyē̃ taiyār karō jō naī duniyā kī|key rachnā bahut acchē-sē-acchī kar sakē̃ . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rachnā[n.f.;sg.]|rachnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut x karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] . then such soul x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that new world (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (creation|x[inf.m.sg.d.]) very x do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] .

406Although they make very good things in the copper and iron ages, there will be much more amazing and wonderful things in the new world.

350ऐसी इन्जीनियरी करें जो सारे कल्प में ऐसी चीजें नहीं हों . aisī injīniyarī karē̃ jō sārē kalp mē̃ aisī chījē̃ nahī̃ hō̃ . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] injīniyarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . such x do[opt.pl.12hon3] that the whole cycle in such thing not be[opt.pl.12hon3] .

407They will be much more elevated than the elevated things of today. 408Therefore, prepare such engineers.

351चाहे द्वापर कलियुग में बहुत बढ़िया-बढ़िया चीजें बनाते हैं लेकिन नई दुनिया में ऐसी आश्चर्यजनक चीजें हों जो आजकल की श्रेष्ठ चीजों से सर्वश्रेष्ठ हों . chāhē dvāpar kaliyug mē̃ bahut baṛhiyā-baṛhiyā chījē̃ banātē haĩ lēkin naī duniyā mē̃ aisī āśhcharyajanak chījē̃ hō̃ jō ājkal kī śhrēṣhṭh chījō̃ sē sarvaśhrēṣhṭha hō̃ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dvāpar kaliyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut baṛhiyā[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āśhcharyajanak[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] ājkal karnā[past-part.f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] chīz[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sarvaśhrēṣhṭha[adj.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) copper age iron age in very x thing create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but new world in such x thing be[opt.pl.12hon3] that x[past-part.f.] elevated thing from x be[opt.pl.12hon3] .

409OK. even if they don't take the full knowledge and don’t become regular students, at least they should recognise the Father. 410There are many such souls who don't become regular students, but they do have faith and happiness.

352ऐसे इन्जीनियर्स को तैयार करो . aisē injīniyarsa kō taiyār karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such x to x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

411They do co­operate in their relationships with you.

353चलो पूरा ज्ञान नहीं लेवें , रेग्युलर नहीं बनें लेकिन बाप को तो पहचानें . chalō pūrā gyān nahī̃ lēvē̃ , regular nahī̃ banē̃ lēkin bāp kō tō pahchānē̃ . chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pūrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] lēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] , regular nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] tō pahchānnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] full knowledge not take[opt.pl.12hon3] , regularly not become[opt.pl.12hon3] but father to then recognise[opt.pl.12hon3] .

412Now prepare such souls! 413Do you understand? 414Very good. 415Look, you have a special part to play in this meeting.

354कई ऐसी आत्मायें हैं जो रेग्युलर नहीं बनती हैं लेकिन निश्चय और खुशी में रहती हैं . kaī aisī ātmāyē̃ haĩ jō regular nahī̃ bantī haĩ lēkin niśhchay aur khuśhī mē̃ rahtī haĩ . kaī aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] jō[pn.;d.] regular nahī̃[neg] bannā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin niśhchay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . some such soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] that regularly not become[pres.pl.f.12hon3] but faith and happiness in remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

416Therefore, you will perform a special wonder, will you not? 417We shall now see the results.

355सम्बन्ध में सहयोगी रहती हैं . sambandh mē̃ sahyōgī rahtī haĩ . sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] rahnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . relationship in co-operative remain[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 356ऐसी आत्मायें भी तैयार करो . aisī ātmāyē̃ bhī taiyār karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such soul too x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

418We shall see how many businessmen you bring, how many engineers you bring and how many scientists you bring.

357समझा  ! samjhā  ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]  ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.])  ! 358बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .

419We will then know the numbers.

359देखो आपका खास पार्ट इस टर्न में रखा है . dēkhō āpkā khās part is turn mē̃ rakhā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.kā] khās part[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] tum mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you[.kā] x part this you in keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

420Reports are made which say how much the numbers have increased.

360तो कोई खास कमाल करेंगे ना  ! tō kōī khās kamāl karē̃gē nā  ! tō kōī[pn.;d.] khās kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā  ! then some x x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

421You have to write a report of the result of one year.

361अभी रिज़ल्ट देखेंगे - बिज़नेसमैन कितने लाते हैं , इंजीनियर और वैज्ञानिक कितने लाते हैं  ? abhī result dēkhē̃gē - bizanēsamain kitnē lātē haĩ , engineer aur vaigyānik kitnē lātē haĩ  ? ab[adv.hī] result dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - x kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , engineer aur vaigyānik[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] lānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? now result see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] - x so x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , engineer and x so x[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

422All of you will come again after one year, will you not? 423We shall see by how many your number has increased. 424Doctors are very happy.

362संख्या का तो पता चलेगा ना . saṅkhyā kā tō patā chalēgā nā . saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] chalnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā . x of then knowledge continue[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ .

425The doctors too will have this turn.

363रिपोर्ट निकलती है ना कि इतनी संख्या बढ़ गई . report nikaltī hai nā ki itnī saṅkhyā baṛh gaī . report nikalnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . report be extracted[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ that such x grow[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

426All the wings will have a turn, and so you too will all do something, will you not?

364तो जो विंग के ऊपर हैं उन्हों को एक वर्ष की रिज़ल्ट लिखनी है . tō jō wing kē ūpar haĩ unhō̃ kō ēk varṣh kī|key result likhnī hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] wing kē ūpar[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result likhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then that wing over be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to one year (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result write[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 365यह सब एक वर्ष के बाद तो आयेंगे ना . yah sab ēk varṣh kē bād tō āyēṅgē nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] ēk[adj.] varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . this all one year after then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

427All of those who have especially come here today, are you just happy that you have come or are you too going to do something?

366संख्या देखेंगे कितनी बढ़ी  ! saṅkhyā dēkhē̃gē kitnī baṛhī  ! saṅkhyā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛhnā[past-part.f.]  ! x see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] so grow[past-part.f.]  !

428Trustees of the Hospital: What wonders will you now perform?

367हॉस्पिटल के ट्रस्टी - आप सभी क्या कमाल करेंगे  ? hospital kē|K trustee - āp sabhī kyā kamāl karē̃gē  ? hospital kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K trustee - āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? hospital (of|K) trustee - you all what x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

429Will you bring others here? 430At least bring them here.

368जो पेशेन्ट आवे उसको पेशेन्स देकर दूसरों को लेकर आओ . jō patient āvē uskō patience dēkar dūsrō̃ kō lēkar āō . jō[pn.;d.] patient ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] patience dēnā[abs.] dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] lēnā[abs.] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that x come[opt.sg.23] that[.kō] x give[abs.] other to take[abs.] come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

431Give patience to all the patients who come to you and enable them to bring others here.

369विदेश से भी लाओ . vidēśh sē bhī lāō . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . abroad from too x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 370अच्छा –achchhā –achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] –achcha –

432(This one has come from Hawaii).

371तीसरा ग्रुप रूरल - हाथ उठाओ . tīsrā group rural - hāth uṭhāō . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group rural - hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . third group rural - raise your hands .

433So, will you also bring others from abroad?

372इसमें मातायें भी हैं , टीचर्स भी हैं . ismē̃ mātāyē̃ bhī haĩ , teachers bhī haĩ . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , teacher bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this[.mē̃] mother too be[pres.pl.12hon3] , teacher too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

434But when? (within 12 months) You are clever in giving an answer.

373अच्छा आप लोग क्या करेंगे  ? achchhā āp lōg kyā karē̃gē  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ? achcha you people what do[fut.m.pl.12hon3]  ?

435(It is in Baba’s hands.)

374गाँव-गाँव को महल बनाना . gānv-gānv kō mahal banānā . gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . village to palace create[inf.m.sg.d.] .

436Baba is making you an instrument though.

375गांव की ऐसी सेवा करो जो सतयुगी दुनिया में वह गाँव महल बन जायें . gānv kī|key aisī sēvā karō jō satyugī duniyā mē̃ vah gānv mahal ban jāyē̃ . gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] satyugī[adj.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahal[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . village (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) such service do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that golden-aged world in that village palace become[opt.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

437(Dadi Janki said that there is only a short time left and so he should say that he will bring someone in a month.)

376सभी को नई दुनिया का परिचय दो . sabhī kō naī duniyā kā parichay dō . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parichay dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all to new world of x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

438Third group: Rural: Raise your hands!

377गाँव वाले बहुत प्यार से सुनते हैं . gānv vālē bahut pyār sē suntē haĩ . gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . village those who very love from listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

439There are also mothers and teachers in this group.

378बड़े-बड़े लोग तो कम सुनते हैं लेकिन गाँव वाले लोग बहुत प्यार से सुनते हैं और गाँव को बदलकर दिखाओ . baṛē-baṛē lōg tō cum|kam suntē haĩ lēkin gānv vālē lōg bahut pyār sē suntē haĩ aur gānv kō badalkar dikhāō . baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō cum|kam[adj.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] badalnā[abs.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . very people then (x|less) listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but village those who people very love from listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and village to change[abs.] x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

440Achcha, what will you do? 441Make each village into a palace. 442Serve the villages in such a way that that village will become a palace of the golden­aged world.

379जो गवर्मेन्ट को मालूम पड़े कि यह गाँव कितना बदल गया है . jō government kō mālūm paṛē ki yah gānv kitnā badal gayā hai . jō[pn.;d.] government kō[postp.] mālūm[adj.] paṛnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|paṛnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] badalnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . that government to x (fall[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|fall[opt.sg.23]) that this village so change[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 380बदल सकते हो  ? badal saktē hō  ? badalnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? change[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

443Give everyone the introduction of the new world. 444People of the villages listen to what you say with a lot of love.

381कोई ऐसा गाँव हो जिसमें प्रैक्टिकल गवर्मेन्ट के आगे एक प्रूफ दिखाओ . kōī aisā gānv hō jismē̃ practical government kē āgē ēk proof dikhāō . kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.sg.mē̃] practical government kē āgē[x] ēk[adj.] proof dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . some such village (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that[.mē̃] practical government in front of one proof x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

445Great people don’t listen to you as much. 446Village people listen with a lot of love.

382गाँव-गाँव में सेवा तो की है लेकिन इनमें से कोई एक गाँव गवर्मेन्ट को दिखाओ कि देखो इस गाँव में कितना परिवर्तन आया है . gānv-gānv mē̃ sēvā tō kī hai lēkin inmē̃ sē kōī ēk gānv government kō dikhāō ki dēkhō is gānv mē̃ kitnā parivartan āyā hai . gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin yah[pn.pl.mē̃] sē[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] government kō[postp.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yah[pn.sg.o.] gānv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . village in service then do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but this[.mē̃] from some one village government to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] this village in so transformation come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

447Transform a village so that everyone can see the change. 448Also let the Government know how a particular village has changed so much. 449Are you able to change it?

383ऐसा हो सकता है  ? aisā hō saktā hai  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? such be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? 384 ( ऐसी सेवा की है ) तो वह गवर्मेन्ट तक पहुंचाओ . ( aisī sēvā kī hai ) tō vah government tak pahuñchāō . ( aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) tō vah[pn.sg.d.] government tak pahuñchānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . ( such service do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) then that government until cause to reach[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

450Select a village where you can prove to the Government in a practical way how much it has changed.

385गवर्मेन्ट के आगे रिकार्ड रखो . government kē āgē record rakhō . government kē āgē[x] record rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . government in front of record keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 386देखो - एक बात है , गवर्मेन्ट कहती है कि आप सोशल सेवा नहीं करते . dēkhō - ēk bāt hai , government kahtī hai ki āp social sēvā nahī̃ kartē . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , government kahnā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] social sēvā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - one matter be[pres.sg.23] , government say[pres.sg.f.23] that you x service not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

451You have served the villages, but now show one of those villages to the Government so that they can see how much transformation has taken place there.

387लेकिन आजकल बाम्बे में जो बगीचे बदलकर अच्छे सुन्दर बनाये हैं और बढ़ते जाते हैं . lēkin ājkal bāmbē mē̃ jō bagīchē badalkar achchhē sundar banāyē haĩ aur baṛhtē jātē haĩ . lēkin ājkal bāmbē mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] badalnā[abs.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sundar[adj.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . but nowadays Bombay in that garden change[abs.] achcha x create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .

452Is this possible? 453(We have done such service.) 454Then let the Government come to know about it! 455Put the record of this in front of the Government.

388तो किचड़े के स्थान को पार्क बनाना , अनेक आत्माओं के निमित्त बनना , क्या यह देश का सोशल वर्क नहीं है . tō kichṛē kē|K sthān kō park banānā , anēk ātmāō̃ kē nimitt bannā , kyā yah dēśh kā social work nahī̃ hai . tō kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] park banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē nimitt[x] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] , kyā yah[pn.sg.d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] social work nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then rubbish (of|K) place to x create[inf.m.sg.d.] , many soul x become[inf.m.sg.d.] , what this land of x x not be[pres.sg.23] .

456Look, the Government always says that we don’t do any social work. 457However, you are nowadays transforming slum areas into beautiful parks.

389कितने घरों को मच्छर और जो भी जर्मस हैं उनसे बचाया . kitnē gharō̃ kō machchhar aur jō bhī jarmas haĩ unsē bachāyā . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] machchhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.sē] bachānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . so home to mosquito and that too x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.sē] save[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 390सोशल वर्क क्या है  ? social work kyā hai  ? social work kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? x x what be[pres.sg.23]  ? 391यह सोशल वर्क तो है . yah social work tō hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] social work tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this x x then be[pres.sg.23] .

458You have increased doing this. 459To make a slum area into a park and to make many souls instrumental for this: is this not social work of the country?

392तो ऐसा एक्ज़ाम्पल आस-पास वालों का साइन लेकर गवर्मेन्ट को दो . tō aisā ēkzāmpal ās-pās vālō̃ kā sign lēkar government kō dō . tō aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x ās-pās vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sign lēnā[abs.] government kō[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then such x x those who of sign take[abs.] government to (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) .

460You have saved so many homes from mosquitoes and germs. 461What is social work? 462This is social work!

393वह लिखकर दें कि इन्होंने बहुत अच्छा काम किया है . vah likhkar dē̃ ki inhōnnē bahut achchhā kām kiyā hai . vah[pn.sg.d.] likhnā[abs.] dēnā[opt.pl.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.nē] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . that write[abs.] give[opt.pl.12hon3] that this[.nē] very achcha (task|lust) do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

463Therefore, show the Government an example of the people who have experienced such transformation.

394बच्चों के लिए खेलने-कूदने का स्थान बनाना , उनकी तन्दरूस्ती बढ़ाना … यह सोशल वर्क नहीं है तो क्या है , तो ऐसे फोटो निकालो , बच्चों के भी फोटो निकालो , बड़ों के भी फोटो निकालो और जितनों का परिवर्तन हुआ है , उनके भी साइन कराओ फिर गवर्मेन्ट को दिखाओ कि हम सोशल वर्क करते हैं या नहीं करते हैं . bachchō̃ kē liē khēlnē-kūdnē kā sthān banānā , unkī tandarūstī baṛhānā … yah social work nahī̃ hai tō kyā hai , tō aisē phōṭō nikālō , bachchō̃ kē|K bhī phōṭō nikālō , baṛō̃ kē|K bhī phōṭō nikālō aur jitnō̃ kā parivartan huā hai , unkē bhī sign karāō phir government kō dikhāō ki ham social work kartē haĩ yā nahī̃ kartē haĩ . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] khēlnā-kūdnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.pl.kī] tandarustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] baṛhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] … yah[pn.sg.d.] social work nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , baṛā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur jitnā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.pl.kē] bhī[p.] sign karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] government kō[postp.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] social work karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . child for x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of place create[inf.m.sg.d.] , that[.kī] health increase[inf.m.sg.d.] … this x x not be[pres.sg.23] then what be[pres.sg.23] , then such photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , child (of|K) too photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , very (of|K) too photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and the more of transformation be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that[.kē] too sign make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] (turn[root]|then) government to x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that we x x do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or not do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

464Have them sign a petition to show what very good social work you have done and how you have provided a place for children to play and how you have made them much healthier. 465If this is not social work, then what is it? 466Take photographs of them! 467Take photos of the children and the elders and make them sign a petition of those who have experienced this transformation and show it to the Government so that they can see whether we are doing social work or not!

395समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

468Do you understand?

396ऐसा रिकार्ड तैयार करो . aisā record taiyār karō . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . such record x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

469Prepare such records.

397जितने बगीचे मिले हैं , उन सबका रिकार्ड तैयार करो . jitnē bagīchē milē haĩ , un sabkā record taiyār karō . jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bagīchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] milnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] record taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . the more garden receive[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that everyone's record x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

470Prepare records of all the places that you have made into parks.

398क्या है गवर्मेन्ट को पता तो पड़ता ही नहीं है और उल्टी बातें बहुत जल्दी फैलती हैं . kyā hai government kō patā tō paṛtā hī nahī̃ hai aur ulṭī bātē̃ bahut jaldī phailtī haĩ . kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] government kō[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō paṛnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ulṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|ulṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut jaldī phailnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . what be[pres.sg.23] government to knowledge then fall[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only not be[pres.sg.23] and (upside down|x) matter very very quickly spread[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .

471What happens is that the Government doesn’t get to hear of these things, but they very quickly hear something bad or wrong.

399अच्छी सेवा कम फैलती है . achchhī sēvā cum|kam phailtī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] phailnā[pres.sg.f.23] . achcha service (x|less) spread[pres.sg.f.23] .

472Good news of service doesn’t spread as much as bad news.

400इसलिए यह सोशल वर्क का एक्ज़ाम्पल दिखाओ . isliē yah social work kā ēkzāmpal dikhāō . isliē yah[pn.sg.d.] social work kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . therefore this x x of x x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

473Therefore, show them the example of this social work.

401जो कहते हैं ना सोशल वर्क नहीं करते उन्हों को यह दिखाओ . jō kahtē haĩ nā social work nahī̃ kartē unhō̃ kō yah dikhāō . jō[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā social work nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] dikhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ x x not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that to this x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

474Show these things to those who say that we don’t do any social work.

402कितनी खुशी प्राप्त होती है . kitnī khuśhī prāpt hōtī hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . so happiness reached be[pres.sg.f.23] .

475They experience so much happiness!

403सोशल वर्कर क्या करते हैं  ? social worker kyā kartē haĩ  ? social worker[x] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ? x what do[pres.pl.m.12hon3]  ?

476What do social workers do?

404किसका दुःख दूर करके खुशी देते हैं . kiskā duḥkh dūr karkē khuśhī dētē haĩ . kaun[pn.sg.kā] duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dūr[adj.] karnā[abs.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . who[.kā] (sorrow|hurt[root]) distant do[abs.] happiness give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

477They remove other people’s sorrow and make them happy.

405उसको सेट करते हैं , आप तो दिमाग को सेट कर देते हो . uskō set kartē haĩ , āp tō dimāg kō set kar dētē hō . vah[pn.sg.kō] set karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , āp[pn.pl.] tō dimāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] set karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] . that[.kō] set do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , you then head to set do[pres.pl.m.2.root+dēnā] .

478They help others physically, whereas you put the heads of the people right.

406यह सोशल वर्क नहीं है तो क्या है  ! yah social work nahī̃ hai tō kyā hai  ! yah[pn.sg.d.] social work nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! this x x not be[pres.sg.23] then what be[pres.sg.23]  !

479If this isn’t social work, then what is it?

407तो सेवा बहुत करते हो लेकिन रिकार्ड कम तैयार करते हो . tō sēvā bahut kartē hō lēkin record cum|kam taiyār kartē hō . tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin record cum|kam[adj.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] . then service very do[pres.pl.m.2] but record (x|less) x do[pres.pl.m.2] .

480You do a lot of service, but you don’t prepare that many records.

408जैसे बाम्बे की अखबारें हैं उसमें डाल सकते हो कि इतनी आत्मायें आती हैं , इतने बच्चे आते हैं उन्हों की खुशी के साधन हैं , उन्हों की तन्दरूस्ती बनती है , ऐसे-ऐसे रिकार्ड तैयार करो . jaisē bāmbē kī|key akhbārē̃ haĩ usmē̃ ḍāl saktē hō ki itnī ātmāyē̃ ātī haĩ , itnē bachchē ātē haĩ unhō̃ kī|key khuśhī kē|K sādhan haĩ , unhō̃ kī|key tandarūstī bantī hai , aisē-aisē record taiyār karō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāmbē karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key akhbār[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] ḍālnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] ki[conj.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tandarustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] record taiyār[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like Bombay (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) newspaper be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] create[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] that such soul come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , such child come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) happiness (of|K) facilities be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) health become[pres.sg.f.23] , such record x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .

481You should print these things in the Bombay newspapers. 482You should print the statistics of how many souls come, how many children come and are made happy, of how their health etc. is improved. 483Prepare such records!

409अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

484Achcha.

410 ( बाम्बे का कमला नेहरू पार्क भी मिल रहा है ) वह भी मिल जायेगा . ( bāmbē kā kamalā nēhrū park bhī mil rahā hai ) vah bhī mil jāyēgā . ( bāmbē kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x nēhrū park bhī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . ( Bombay of x x x too receive[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ) that too receive[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .

485(We are soon going to get Kamla Nehru Park of Bombay.) 486You will be receiving that.

411और आप लोगों को जो ऐसे लैटर मिलते हैं , वह और शहरों में दिखाकर वहाँ भी कर सकते हो . aur āp lōgō̃ kō jō aisē laiṭar miltē haĩ , vah aur śhaharō̃ mē̃ dikhākar vahā̃ bhī kar saktē hō . aur āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] aur śhahar[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dikhānā[abs.] vahā̃ bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . and you people to that such x receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that and city in x[abs.] there too do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

487Show the letters that you receive in one State to others, so that other cities can do similar things.

412अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

488Achcha.

413नये-नये जो पहली बार आये हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . nayē-nayē jō pahlī bār āyē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bār[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . new that x time come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , that raise your hands .

489All those new ones who have come for the first time, raise your hands!

414ड्रामा अनुसार आये तो अभी हैं लेकिन बापदादा का स्लोगन याद है  ? drama anusār āyē tō abhī haĩ lēkin bāpdādā kā slōgan yād hai  ? drama anusār ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō ab[adv.hī] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? drama according to (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then now be[pres.pl.12hon3] but BapDada of slogan remembrance be[pres.sg.23]  ?

490According to the drama, you have come at this time, but do you remember BapDada’s slogan?

415लास्ट सो फास्ट और फास्ट जाकर फर्स्ट आ सकते हैं . last sō fast aur fast jākar first ā saktē haĩ . last sōnā[root]|sō fast aur fast jānā[abs.] first[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] . last (sleep[root]|x) fast and fast go[abs.] first come[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] .

491Those who have come last can go fast and then go first.

416मार्जिन है . margin hai . margin hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x be[pres.sg.23] . 417फर्स्ट जा सकते हो . first jā saktē hō . first[adj.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . first go[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .

492There is still some margin left for you to go first.

418लेकिन जमा का खाता ज्यादा से ज्यादा इकट्ठे करो . lēkin jamā kā khātā jyādā sē jyādā ikaṭṭhē karō . lēkin jamā kā khātā[x] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . but saving account more from more together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 419अपना भाग्य याद रहता है ना  ? apnā bhāgya yād rahtā hai nā  ? apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā  ? (adopt[root]|one’s own) x remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] ∅  ?

493However, you first have to accumulate in your account as much as possible, and to the greatest extent.

420विशेष नयों को कह रहे हैं . viśhēṣh nayō̃ kō kah rahē haĩ . viśhēṣh[adj.] nayā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . special new to say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .

494Do you remember your fortune?

421जिसको भाग्य याद रहता है वह हाथ उठाओ . jiskō bhāgya yād rahtā hai vah hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.sg.kō] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that[.kō] x remembrance remain[pres.sg.m.23] that raise your hands .

495BapDada is especially telling you new ones this.

422अच्छा - जो एक सेकण्ड में अपने संकल्प को जहाँ चाहे , जो सोचना चाहें वही सोच चलता रहे , ऐसे जो समझते हैं , वह हाथ उठाओ . achchhā - jō ēk second mē̃ apnē saṅkalp kō jahā̃ chāhē , jō sōchnā chāhē̃ vahī sōch chaltā rahē , aisē jō samajhtē haĩ , vah hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - jō[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jahā̃ chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] sōchnā[opt.pl.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] vahī sōchnā[root] chalnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha - that one second in one’s own thought to where there (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) , that think[opt.pl.12hon3.inf+cāhnā] this think[root] continue[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , such that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that raise your hands .

496Those who remember your fortune, raise your hands! 497Achcha. 498Those who think that they are able to create whatever type of thoughts they want within a second, raise your hands!

423एक सेकण्ड में माइण्ड कण्ट्रोल हो जाए , ऐसे सेकण्ड में हो सकता है  ? ēk second mē̃ mind kaṇṭrōl hō jāē , aisē second mē̃ hō saktā hai  ? ēk[adj.] second mē̃[postp.] mind x hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] second mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ? one second in x x be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] , such second in be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā]  ?

499Are you able to control your mind within one second? 500Are you able to do this in one second?

424अगर कर सकते हो तो हाथ उठाओ . agar kar saktē hō tō hāth uṭhāō . agar karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . if do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] then raise your hands .

501If you are able to do this, raise your hands!

425ऐसे कहने से नहीं , अगर कण्ट्रोल होता है तो हाथ उठाओ  ? aisē kahnē sē nahī̃ , agar kaṇṭrōl hōtā hai tō hāth uṭhāō  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] nahī̃[neg] , agar x hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]  ? such say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from not , if x be[pres.sg.m.23] then raise your hands  ?

502Teachers, raise your hands! 503Not because Baba is asking you, but only if you are able to do this.

426अच्छा जिन्होंने नहीं हाथ उठाया उन्हों को क्या एक मिनट लगता है  ? achchhā jinhōnnē nahī̃ hāth uṭhāyā unhō̃ kō kyā ēk minute lagtā hai  ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.pl.nē] nahī̃[neg] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] kyā ēk[adj.] minute lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? achcha that[.nē] not raise your hands that to what one minute x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

504Achcha, all of those who haven’t raised your hands, would it take you one minute to do this?

427या उससे भी ज्यादा लगता है  ? yā ussē bhī jyādā lagtā hai  ? yā vah[pn.sg.sē] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? or that[.sē] too more x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

505Or will it take you longer than that?

428अभी यह अभ्यास बहुत ज़रूरी है क्योंकि अन्त के समय यह अभ्यास बहुत काम में आयेगा . abhī yah abhyās bahut zarūrī hai kyōṅki ant kē|K samay yah abhyās bahut kām mē̃ āyēgā . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut zarūrī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . now this practice very essential be[pres.sg.23] because end (of|K) time this practice very (task|lust) in come[fut.m.sg.23] . 429जैसे इस शरीर के आरगन्स को , बाँह है , पाँव है , इनको सेकण्ड में जहाँ लेकर जाने चाहो वहाँ ले जा सकते हो ना  ! jaisē is śharīr kē|K organs kō , bā̃h hai , pāṅw hai , inkō second mē̃ jahā̃ lēkar jānē chāhō vahā̃ lē jā saktē hō nā  ! jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.sg.o.] śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K organ kō[postp.] , bā̃h[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pāṅw[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.kō] second mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ lēnā[abs.] jānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+cāhnā] vahā̃ lē jānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā  ! like this body (of|K) x to , arm be[pres.sg.23] , foot be[pres.sg.23] , this[.kō] second in where there take[abs.] know[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.past-part+cāhnā] there carry ∅  !

506This practice is very essential because it will be very useful at the end. 507Since you are the master of your mind, then just as you are able to move the physical organs, your hands and feet as you want within a second, in the same way, your mind and intellect are also yours.

430ऐसे मन और बुद्धि को भी मेरी कहते हो ना  ! aisē man aur buddhi kō bhī mērī kahtē hō nā  ! aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] kahnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā  ! such mind and intellect to too I[.kī] say[pres.pl.m.2] ∅  ! 431जब मन के मालिक हो , यह सूक्ष्म आरगन्स हैं , तो इसके ऊपर कण्ट्रोल क्यों नहीं  ? jab man kē|K mālik hō , yah sūkṣhma organs haĩ , tō iskē ūpar kaṇṭrōl kyō̃ nahī̃  ? jab man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] organ hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , tō yah[pn.sg.kē] ūpar x kyō̃ nahī̃[neg]  ? when mind (of|K) master (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this subtle x be[pres.pl.12hon3] , then this[.kē] over x why not  ?

508Since you are the master of the mind and your other subtle organs, why aren’t you able to control them? 509You should also be able to control your sanskars.

432संस्कार के ऊपर भी कण्ट्रोल होना चाहिए . saṅskār kē ūpar bhī kaṇṭrōl hōnā chāhiē . saṅskār[x] kē ūpar[x] bhī[p.] x hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . sanskar over too x (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .

510You should be able to do whatever you want whenever you want.

433जब चाहो , जैसे चाहो - जब यह अभ्यास पक्का होगा तब समझो पास विद् ऑनर होंगे . jab chāhō , jaisē chāhō - jab yah abhyās pakkā hōgā tab samjhō pass with honour hōṅgē . jab chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chāhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - jab yah[pn.sg.d.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tab samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pass with honour[x] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , like x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] - when this practice firm be[fut.m.sg.23] for only then understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] pass with honours be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

511When you make this practice firm, you will understand that you can pass with honour.

434तो बनना लक्ष्मी-नारायण है , तो राज्य को कण्ट्रोल करने के पहले स्व-राज्य अधिकारी तो बनो तब राज्य अधिकारी बनेंगे . tō bannā lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ hai , tō rājya kō kaṇṭrōl karnē kē|K pahlē sva-rājya adhikārī tō banō tab rājya adhikārī banē̃gē . tō bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] lakṣhmī-nārāyaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tab rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then become[inf.m.sg.d.] Lakshmi and Narayan be[pres.sg.23] , then kingdom to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) (x|firstly) own kingdom (one) who has a right then become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] for only then master become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .

512If you want to become like Lakshmi or Narayan, then before ruling that kingdom, you must be able to rule yourself. 513Only then will you be able to claim a right to the kingdom.

435इसका भी साधन यही है कि खजाने जमा करो . iskā bhī sādhan yahī hai ki khajānē jamā karō . yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jamā karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this[.kā] too facilities this be[pres.sg.23] that treasure accumulate .

514The way to do this is also to accumulate your treasures in your account.

436समझा . samjhā . samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .

515Do you understand?

437अच्छा - इस वायुमण्डल में , मधुबन में बैठे हो . achchhā - is vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ , madhuban mē̃ baiṭhē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.o.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . achcha - this atmosphere in , Madhuban in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .

516You are sitting in this atmosphere, you are sitting in Madhuban.

438मधुबन का वायुमण्डल पावरफुल है , इस वायुमण्डल में इस समय मन को कण्ट्रोल कर सकते हो  ? madhuban kā vāyumaṇḍal powerful hai , is vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ is samay man kō kaṇṭrōl kar saktē hō  ? madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] powerful hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.o.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] is samay[x] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] x karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? Madhuban of atmosphere powerful be[pres.sg.23] , this atmosphere in at this time mind to x do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

517The atmosphere of Madhuban is powerful. 518Whilst sitting here in this atmosphere, are you able to control your mind?

439चाहे मिनट में करो , चाहे सेकण्ड में करो लेकिन कर सकते हो  ? chāhē minute mē̃ karō , chāhē second mē̃ karō lēkin kar saktē hō  ? chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] minute mē̃[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] second mē̃[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ? (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) minute in do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) second in do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā]  ?

519Whether you do it in one second or in one minute, are you able to control your mind here?

440ऑर्डर दो मन को , बस आत्मा परमधाम निवासी बन जाओ . order dō man kō , bas ātmā paramdhām nivāsī ban jāō . order dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] , basnā[root]|bas ātmā[n.f.;sg.] paramdhām[n.m.;sg.,d.] nivāsī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . order (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) mind to , (x[root]|simply) soul x resident become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .

520Order your mind, "Hey soul, become a resident of Paramdham".

441देखो मन ऑर्डर मानता है या नहीं मानता है  ? dēkhō man order māntā hai yā nahī̃ māntā hai  ? dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] man[n.m.;sg.,d.] order mānnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā nahī̃[neg] mānnā[pres.sg.m.23]  ? see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mind order x[pres.sg.m.23] or not x[pres.sg.m.23]  ?

521Then see whether your mind obeys your order or not.

442 ( ड्रिल ) अच्छा . ( drill ) achchhā . ( drill ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . ( drill ) achcha .

522(Baba conducted drill.)

443चारों ओर के सर्व खज़ानों के मालिक बच्चों को , सदा मुश्किल को सेकण्ड में परिवर्तन करने वाले सदा सहजयोगी , सदा संकल्प , समय , बोल , कर्म को श्रेष्ठ बनाने वाले , सदा बचत का खाता बढ़ाने वाले , सदा मन के मालिक , मन-बुद्धि-संस्कार को ऑर्डर में चलाने वाले , ऐसे स्व-राज्य अधिकारी बच्चों को , चाहे देश में हैं चाहे विदेश में हैं लेकिन दिल से दूर नहीं हैं , ऐसे चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा का यादप्यार और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv khazānō̃ kē|K mālik bachchō̃ kō , sadā muśhkil kō second mē̃ parivartan karnē vālē sadā sahajyōgī , sadā saṅkalp , samay , bōl , karma kō śhrēṣhṭh banānē vālē , sadā bachat kā khātā baṛhānē vālē , sadā man kē|K mālik , man-buddhi-sanskār kō order mē̃ chalānē vālē , aisē sva-rājya adhikārī bachchō̃ kō , chāhē dēśh mē̃ haĩ chāhē vidēśh mē̃ haĩ lēkin dil sē dūr nahī̃ haĩ , aisē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yādpyār aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā muśhkil[adj.] kō[postp.] second mē̃[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā sahajyōgī[adj.] , sadā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] , bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā bachat[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] baṛhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sadā man[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] , man-buddhi-sanskār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] order mē̃[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svarājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē dūr[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) all treasure (of|K) master child to , constantly difficult to second in transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who constantly easy yogi , constantly thought , time , (x|speak[root]) , deed to elevated create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly x of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) increase[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , constantly mind (of|K) master , mind, intellect and sanskars to order in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , such own kingdom (one) who has a right child to , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) land in be[pres.pl.12hon3] (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) abroad in be[pres.pl.12hon3] but heart distant from not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , such everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada of love, remembrance and x . 444सेवाधारी जो भी सेवा के प्रति आये हैं , विशेष - यू . पी . का टर्न है . sēvādhārī jō bhī sēvā kē prati āyē haĩ , viśhēṣh - you|U . P|pī . kā turn hai . sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē prati[x] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , viśhēṣh[adj.] - you|U . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum hōnā[pres.sg.23] . server that too service for come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , special - (x|U.) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . of you be[pres.sg.23] . 445यू . पी . के जो सेवाधारी आये हैं वह हाथ उठाओ . you|U . P|pī . kē|K jō sēvādhārī āyē haĩ vah hāth uṭhāō . you|U . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . (x|U.) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . (of|K) that server come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that raise your hands .

523To all the children everywhere who are the masters of all treasures; to the easy yogis who constantly make anything difficult become easy within a second; to those who constantly make their thoughts, time, and actions elevated; to those who constantly increase their account; to those who are the masters of their mind, and whose mind, intellect and sanskars obey the orders they are given; to the children who are masters of the self; to all those from this land and abroad and who are not far from Baba’s heart; to all the children everywhere, BapDada’s love, remembrance and namaste. 524It is the turn of the servers from Uttar Pradesh to serve.The servers from U.P., raise your hands!

446देखो सेवाधारियों को कितने फायदे हैं . dēkhō sēvādhāriyō̃ kō kitnē phāydē haĩ . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] server to so profit be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

525Look how much benefit you servers receive.

447सदा गाया हुआ है , ब्राह्मणों की सेवा महान पुण्य है . sadā gāyā huā hai , brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key sēvā mahān puṇya hai . sadā gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mahān, mahā[adj.] puṇya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . constantly sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service great charity be[pres.sg.23] .

526It is always remembered that to serve Brahmins is the greatest charity.

448भक्ति मार्ग में 100 या 200 ब्राह्मणों की सेवा करते हैं और मधुबन में कितने ब्राह्मणों की सेवा करते हो और एक-एक ब्राह्मण की दुआ सेवाधारियों को स्वतः ही मिलती है . bhakti mārg mē̃ 100 yā 200 brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key sēvā kartē haĩ aur madhuban mē̃ kitnē brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key sēvā kartē hō aur ēk-ēk brāhmaṇ kī|key duā sēvādhāriyō̃ kō svataḥ hī miltī hai . bhakti mārg[x] mē̃[postp.] 100 yā 200 brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur ēk[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.;sg.] sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] svataḥ hī[p.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . path of devotion in 100 or 200 Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and Madhuban in so Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres.pl.m.2] and one Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing server to automatically only receive[pres.sg.f.23] .

527On the path of bhakti, people would serve one or two hundred, and in Madhuban you serve so many Brahmins, and you servers automatically receive blessings from each and every Brahmin.

449कहने की आवश्यकता नहीं है लेकिन जमा हो ही जाती है एक तो दुआओं का खाता जमा होता , दूसरा सेवा के पुण्य का खाता जमा होता , तीसरा ब्राह्मणों के समीप सम्बन्ध में आते हैं और बापदादा से मिलने का एक्स्ट्रा टर्न मिल जाता है . kahnē kī|key āvaśhyaktā nahī̃ hai lēkin jamā hō hī jātī hai ēk tō duāō̃ kā khātā jamā hōtā , dūsrā sēvā kē|K puṇya kā khātā jamā hōtā , tīsrā brāhmaṇō̃ kē|K samīp sambandh mē̃ ātē haĩ aur bāpdādā sē milnē kā extra turn mil jātā hai . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jamnā[x] hī[p.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] ēk[adj.] tō duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puṇya kā khātā[x] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samīp[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] extra tum milnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need not be[pres.sg.23] but x[x] only go[pres.sg.f.23] one then blessing of (eat[pres-part.m.sg.d.]|account) (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , other service (of|K) accounts of charity (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , third Brahmin (of|K) close relationship in come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and BapDada from receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] of extra you receive[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

528There is no need to say anything, but your automatically accumulate in your account of blessings. 529First you accumulate in your account of blessings, and secondly, you accumulate in your account of the charity of serving others. 530Thirdly, you come into close contact with Brahmins and you also have an extra turn to meet BapDada.

450तो सेवा का फल कितना है  ! tō sēvā kā phal kitnā hai  ! tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ! then service of fruit so be[pres.sg.23]  !

531So you receive so much fruit of the service you do.

451सेवाधारी अर्थात् जमा करने वाले . sēvādhārī arthāt jamā karnē vālē . sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . server that is (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .

532To be a server means to be one who accumulates.

452तो बहुत अच्छी सेवा की . tō bahut achchhī sēvā kī|key . tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . then very achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

533You have done very good service.

453दिल से सेवा की और दिलाराम के पास पहुंच गई . dil sē sēvā kī|key aur dilārām kē pās pahuñch gaī . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur dilārām kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . heart from service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and x to reach[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

534You served with your heart and you reached the Comforter of Hearts.

454यू . पी . वाले ठीक हैं ना  ! you|U . P|pī . vālē ṭhīk haĩ nā  ! you|U . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] . vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā  ! (x|U.) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) . those who OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅  !

535All of you from U.P, are you all OK?

455तो जो भी सेवाधारी बनकर आता है उसको प्रत्यक्ष फल मिलता है . tō jō bhī sēvādhārī bankar ātā hai uskō pratyakṣha phal miltā hai . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[abs.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.sg.kō] pratyakṣh[adj.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . then that too server become[abs.] come[pres.sg.m.23] that[.kō] visible fruit receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

536Those who come here as servers receive the practical instant fruit of that.

456भविष्य तो मिलेगा लेकिन वर्तमान समय में भी जमा होता है . bhaviṣhya tō milēgā lēkin vartamān samay mē̃ bhī jamā hōtā hai . bhaviṣhya[adj.] tō milnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] jamānā[root]|jamnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jamā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . future then receive[fut.m.sg.23] but present time in too (make firm[root]|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|accumulation) be[pres.sg.m.23] .

537Of course, you will receive your reward in the future, but you also accumulate that at the present moment.

457डबल विदेशी भी बहुत बैठे हैं . double vidēśhī bhī bahut baiṭhē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner too very sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 458डबल विदेशी हाथ उठाओ . double vidēśhī hāth uṭhāō . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . double foreigner raise your hands .

538Double foreigners are also sitting here:Double foreigners, raise your hands!

459देखो , डबल विदेशियों को चांस भी बहुत मिलता है . dēkhō , double vidēśhiyō̃ kō chance bhī bahut miltā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] chance bhī[p.] bahut milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , double foreigner to chance too very receive[pres.sg.m.23] .

539Look, the double foreigners receive many chances.

460हर ग्रुप में डबल विदेशी हैं . har|her group mē̃ double vidēśhī haĩ . har|harnā[root]|her group mē̃[postp.] double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x|x[root]) group in double foreigner be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

540There are double foreigners in every group.

461डबल विदेशियों को कोई भी टर्न में मना नहीं है . double vidēśhiyō̃ kō kōī bhī turn mē̃ manā nahī̃ hai . double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kōī bhī[x] tum mē̃[postp.] manānā[root]|manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . double foreigner to anyone you in (celebrate[root]|x) not be[pres.sg.23] .

541Double foreigners are not told not to come for any turn.

462तो यह कम भाग्य है क्या  ? tō yah cum|kam bhāgya hai kyā  ? tō yah[pn.sg.d.] cum|kam[adj.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā  ? then this (x|less) x be[pres.sg.23] what  ?

542Is this a small fortune?

463आप सभी जानते हो कि इन्हों का त्याग , इन्हों की हिम्मत और दिल की सफाई पर बापदादा सदा खुश होता है . āp sabhī jāntē hō ki inhō̃ kā tyāg , inhō̃ kī|key himmat aur dil kī|key saphāī par bāpdādā sadā khuśh hōtā hai . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tyāg[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā sadā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . you all know[pres.pl.m.2] that this of renunciation , this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage and heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) cleanliness (at|other) BapDada constantly happy be[pres.sg.m.23] .

543All of you know that BapDada is always pleased with your renunciation, your courage and the honesty in your heart.

464आप लोग क्या कहते हो  ? āp lōg kyā kahtē hō  ? āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.2]  ? you people what say[pres.pl.m.2]  ?

544If you fall, you always speak the truth.

465सच्ची दिल तो मुराद हांसिल … तो यह साफ और सच्ची दिल वाले हैं . sachchī dil tō murād hā̃sil … tō yah sāph aur sachchī dil vālē haĩ . sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō murād[n.f.;sg.] hā̃sil[n.m.;sg.,d.] … tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sāph[adj.] aur sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . true heart then x fulfilled … then this clean and true heart those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

545You do not hide anything and, because you tell the truth, half is forgiven.

466अगर गिरेंगे तो भी सच बतायेंगे , छिपायेंगे नहीं और सच सुनाने से आधा माफ हो जाता है . agar girē̃gē tō bhī sach batāyēṅgē , chhipāyēṅgē nahī̃ aur sach sunānē sē ādhā māph hō jātā hai . agar girnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bhī[x] sach[adj.] batānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , chhipānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nahī̃[neg] aur sach[adj.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ādhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] māph[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . if fall down[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ of truth tell[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , hide[fut.m.pl.12hon3] not and of truth speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] from half x be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

546This is why BapDada always remembers the double foreigners and always gives them love and remembrance.

467इसलिए बापदादा डबल विदेशियों को सदा याद करते हैं और सदा यादप्यार देते हैं . isliē bāpdādā double vidēśhiyō̃ kō sadā yād kartē haĩ aur sadā yādpyār dētē haĩ . isliē bāpdādā double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sadā yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur sadā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . therefore BapDada double foreigner to constantly remember and constantly love, remembrance give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

547It is a wonder how by performing such wonders, you will all return home with BapDada.

468कमाल तो है और कमाल करते-करते बापदादा के साथ अपने घर में पहुँच जायेंगे . kamāl tō hai aur kamāl kartē-kartē bāpdādā kē sāth apnē ghar mē̃ pahũch jāyēṅgē . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bāpdādā kē sāth[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . x then be[pres.sg.23] and x do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] BapDada with one’s own home in reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .

548Therefore, special multimillion­fold love and remembrance to all the double foreigners.

469तो विशेष डबल विदेशियों को पद्मगुणा यादप्यार . tō viśhēṣh double vidēśhiyō̃ kō padmaguṇā yādpyār . tō viśhēṣh[adj.] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] padamguṇā yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then special double foreigner to multimillion-fold love, remembrance . 470ऐसे नहीं भारतवासियों को नहीं है . aisē nahī̃ bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō nahī̃ hai . aisē nahī̃[x] bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . it isn't that people of Bharat to not be[pres.sg.23] .

549It is not that the people of Bharat are not given love and remembrance.

471भारतवासियों को फिर पद्म-पद्मगुणा यादप्यार . bhāratvāsiyō̃ kō phir padm-padmaguṇā yādpyār . bhāratvāsī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] x yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . people of Bharat to (turn[root]|then) x love, remembrance .

550Multi­ multi­million­fold love and remembrance to those from Bharat.

472इन्दौर होस्टल की कन्यायें - कन्याओं के लिए गाया हुआ है कि हर एक कन्या 100 ब्राह्मणों से उत्तम है , क्यों उत्तम है  ? Indore hostel kī|key kanyāyē̃ - kanyāō̃ kē liē gāyā huā hai ki har ēk kanyā 100 brāhmaṇō̃ sē uttam hai , kyō̃ uttam hai  ? Indore hostel karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kanyā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] - kanyā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] gānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] har ēk[x] kanyā[n.f.;sg.] 100 brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] uttam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyō̃ uttam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23]  ? Indore hostel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) kumari - kumari for sing[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] that each one kumari 100 Brahmin from elevated be[pres.sg.23] , why elevated be[pres.sg.23]  ?

551To the Kumaris from Indore Hostel:For the kumaris, it is said that each kumari is more elevated than a hundred Brahmins. 552Why are they so elevated?

473क्योंकि सेवा कर इतने ब्राह्मणों की दुआ लेनी है . kyōṅki sēvā kar itnē brāhmaṇō̃ kī|key duā lēnī hai . kyōṅki sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[root] itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because service do[root] such Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing take[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .

553Because you do service and claim blessings from so many Brahmins.

474तो कुमारियां बोर्डिंग से निकल क्या करेंगी  ? tō kumāriyā̃ boarding sē nikal kyā karē̃gī  ? tō kumārī[x] boarding sē[postp.] nikalnā[root] kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? then kumari boarding school from be extracted[root] what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

554So what will you kumaris do once you leave that boarding school?

475क्या लक्ष्य रखा है  ? kyā lakṣhya rakhā hai  ? kyā lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ? what aim keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23]  ?

555What aim do you have?

476सेवा करेंगी  ? sēvā karē̃gī  ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? service do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

556Will you do service?

477सिर पर ताज रखेंगी या टोकरी रखेंगी  ? sir par tāj rakhē̃gī yā ṭōkrī rakhē̃gī  ? sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] yā ṭōkrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rakhnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? x (at|other) crown keep[fut.f.pl.12hon3] or basket keep[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

557Will you have a crown or a basket on your head?

478क्या करेंगी  ? kyā karē̃gī  ? kyā karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? what do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

558What will you have?

479 ( ताज ) नौकरी की टोकरी तो नहीं उठायेंगी  ? ( tāj ) naukrī kī|key ṭōkrī tō nahī̃ uṭhāyēṅgī  ? ( tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) naukrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ṭōkrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] uṭhānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? ( crown ) work (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) basket then not uplift[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

559(A crown.) 560You will not carry the basket of a job, will you?

480100 ब्राह्मणों से उत्तम का अर्थ ही है 100 ब्राह्मण की दुआयें लेंगी . 100 brāhmaṇō̃ sē uttam kā arth|earth hī hai 100 brāhmaṇ kī|key duāyē̃ lē̃gī . 100 brāhmaṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] uttam[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] 100 brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 100 Brahmin from elevated of (meaning|earth) only be[pres.sg.23] 100 Brahmin (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing take[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .

561The meaning of being more elevated than a 100 Brahmins is to receive blessings from a 100 Brahmins.

481तो इतनी सेवा करेंगी  ? tō itnī sēvā karē̃gī  ? tō itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ? then such service do[fut.f.pl.12hon3]  ?

562So, will you do this much service?

482अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

563Achcha.

483एडवांस में मुबारक हो . advance mē̃ mubārak hō . advance mē̃[postp.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . advance in congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .

564Congratulations in advance.

484सभी की दुआयें लेना . sabhī kī|key duāyē̃ lēnā . sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] lēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing take[inf.m.sg.d.] .

565Take blessings from everyone.

485अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

566Achcha.

486 ( बापदादा पूरे हाल का चक्कर लगाकर सभी बच्चों को दृष्टि देकर वापस स्टेज पर पहुँचे हैं ) ( bāpdādā pūrē hāl|hall kā chakkar lagākar sabhī bachchō̃ kō dr̥iṣhṭi dēkar vāpas stage par pahũchē haĩ ) ( bāpdādā pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[abs.] vāpis, vāpas stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] pahuñchnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) ( BapDada full (x|hall) of cycle attach[abs.] all child to drishti give[abs.] back stage (at|other) reach[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) 487मोहिनी बहन की तबियत ठीक नहीं हैं , अहमदाबाद से चेकिंग कराकर बापदादा के सामने आई हैं . mōhinī bahan kī|key tabiyat ṭhīk nahī̃ haĩ , ahamadābād sē checking karākar bāpdādā kē|K sāmnē āī haĩ . mōhinī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tabiyat[n.f.;sg.] ṭhīk[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ahamadābād sē[postp.] checking karānā[abs.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē ānā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] . x x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) health OK not be[pres.pl.12hon3] , x from x make commit[abs.] BapDada (of|K) x come[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] .

567(BapDada went on a tour of the hall and gave drishti to all the children and then came back onto stage and met Sister Mohini whose health hasn't been very good. 568She had just come back from Ahmedabad after her health had been checked there.) 569You are OK.

488है ही ठीक . hai hī ṭhīk . hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] ṭhīk[adj.] . be[pres.sg.23] only OK .

570You were OK.

489ठीक थी , ठीक है और ठीक रहेगी . ṭhīk thī , ṭhīk hai aur ṭhīk rahēgī . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[past.f] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur ṭhīk[adj.] rahnā[fut.f.sg.23] . OK be[past.f] , OK be[pres.sg.23] and OK remain[fut.f.sg.23] .

571You were OK, you are OK and you will be OK.

490 ( डाक्टर ने 6-7 दिन की रेस्ट बोली है ) बहुत जल्दी ठीक हो गई . ( doctor nē 6-7 din kī|key rest bōlī hai ) bahut jaldī ṭhīk hō gaī . ( doctor nē[postp.] 6-7 din[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rest bōlnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) bahut jaldī ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . ( doctor ∅ 6-7 day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x speak[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) very very quickly OK be[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

572(Doctors have advised rest for 6 to 7 days.) 573You have become well very quickly!

491हिम्मत रखी तो हिम्मत और मदद से पहुंच गई . himmat rakhī tō himmat aur madad sē pahuñch gaī . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] rakhnā[past-part.f.] tō himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur madad[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . courage keep[past-part.f.] then courage and x from reach[past-part.f..root+jānā] .

574You stayed courageous and because of your courage Baba’s helped you to come back.

492यह बीच का चक्र लगाकर आई . yah bīch kā chakra lagākar eye|āī|I . yah[pn.sg.d.] bīch kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . this centre of (cycle|x) attach[abs.] (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) .

575You just went on a tour in­between.

493दादियों से - अच्छी सेवा की . dādiyō̃ sē - achchhī sēvā kī|key . dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . Dadi from - achcha service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .

576Baba meeting Dadis:You have done very good service.

494बहुत अच्छा है . bahut achchhā hai . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .

577It is very good.

495जो निमित्त हैं उन्हों को समय पर एक्स्ट्रा शक्ति मिल जाती है . jō nimitt haĩ unhō̃ kō samay par extra śhakti mil jātī hai . jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] extra śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . that instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] that to time (at|other) extra Shakti receive[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .

578Those who are instruments receive extra power at the time of need.

496देखो आप सब आदि रत्नों के आधार से स्थापना का कार्य चल रहा है . dēkhō āp sab ādi ratnō̃ kē|K ādhār sē sthāpanā kā kārya chal rahā hai . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] ādi[adj.] ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] you all etc. jewel (of|K) basis from establishment of task continue[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .

579The work of establishment is continuing with the support of you original jewels.

497ऐसे है ना  ? aisē hai nā  ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅  ?

580Is it like this?

498बापदादा तो सदा सर्विसएबुल रत्नों को देखते रहते हैं . bāpdādā tō sadā serviceable ratnō̃ kō dēkhtē rahtē haĩ . bāpdādā tō sadā serviceable ratna[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . BapDada then constantly serviceable jewel to see[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

581BapDada constantly looks at you serviceable jewels. 582Are all of you all right?

499ठीक है ना . ṭhīk hai nā . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ . 500शरीर का हिसाब है लेकिन ` सूली से काँटा ' हो जाता है . śharīr kā hisāb hai lēkin ` sūlī sē kāṇṭā ' hō jātā hai . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ` sūlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] kāṇṭā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ' hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . body of account be[pres.sg.23] but ` crucifix from thorn ' be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .

583There are karmic accounts of the body, but they change into a thorn from a crucifix.

501परेशान नहीं होते . parēśhān nahī̃ hōtē . parēśhān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . distressed not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

584You are not distressed.

502हिसाब-किताब चुक्तू होता है लेकिन परेशान नहीं होते , शान में रहते हैं . hisāb-kitāb chuktū hōtā hai lēkin parēśhān nahī̃ hōtē , śhān mē̃ rahtē haĩ . hisāb-kitāb[n.f.;sg.] chuktū hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] lēkin parēśhān[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , śhān[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . accounts settled be[pres.sg.m.23] but distressed not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , honour in remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .

585Are you distressed? 586Your accounts are settled, but you don’t become distressed, do you.

503औरों को भी शान याद दिलाते हैं . aurō̃ kō bhī śhān yād dilātē haĩ . aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] śhān[n.f.;sg.] yād dilānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . others to too honour remind .

587You maintain your honour. 588You remind others of their honour.

504मालिक हैं ना . mālik haĩ nā . mālik[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā . master be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ .

589You are masters, are you not?

505शरीर को चलाने की रमज़ ( युक्ति ) सीख गये हैं . śharīr kō chalānē kī|key ramaz ( yukti ) sīkh gayē haĩ . śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x ( yukti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ) sīkhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . body to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x ( way ) learn[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .

590You have learnt the art of how to to make your body carry on.

506शरीर का भी आपसे प्यार है ना  ! śharīr kā bhī āpsē pyār hai nā  ! śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āp[pn.pl.sē] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā  ! body of too you[.sē] love be[pres.sg.23] ∅  !

591Even your body has love for you.

507महारथियों से सबका प्यार है . mahārathiyō̃ sē sabkā pyār hai . mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . maharathi from everyone's love be[pres.sg.23] .

592Everyone loves the maharathis.

508प्यार है ना . pyār hai nā . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . love be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .

593You have love, do you not?

509 ( दादी जी को ) देखो कितना काम करती हैं  ? ( dādī jī kō ) dēkhō kitnā kām kartī haĩ  ? ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] kō[postp.] ) dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ? ( Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) to ) see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] so (task|lust) do[pres.pl.f.12hon3]  ?

594Look how much work she does! 595(Speaking to Dadiji.)

510लेकिन सदा हर्षित . lēkin sadā harṣhit . lēkin sadā harṣhit[adj.] . but constantly cheerful .

596Yet she is always so cheerful!

511सीखते हो ना . sīkhtē hō nā . sīkhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā . learn[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ .

597You are learning this, are you not?

512कभी थकावट के चिह्न नहीं होते . kabhī thakāvaṭ kē|K chihna nahī̃ hōtē . kabhī[adv.] thakāvaṭ, thakān[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K chinh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . ever tiredness (of|K) symbol not be[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .

598There are never any signs of tiredness.

513यह है बाप समान की निशानी . yah hai bāp samān kī|key niśhānī . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] bāp samān[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . this be[pres.sg.23] equal to the Father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign .

599This is the sign of becoming equal to the Father.

514ब्रह्मा बाबा महारथियों को , विशेष बच्ची को सब वरदान , शक्तियाँ और ज़िम्मेवारी सब देकर गये . brahmā bābā mahārathiyō̃ kō , viśhēṣh bachchī kō sab vardān , śhaktiyā̃ aur zimmēvārī sab dēkar gayē . brahmā bābā[x] mahārathī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , viśhēṣh[adj.] bachchī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] sab[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] aur zimmēvārī, zimmēdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sab[adj.] dēnā[abs.] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x maharathi to , special girl to all blessing , Shakti and responsibility all give[abs.] go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .

600Brahma Baba gave all maharathis and especially this daughter all blessings, powers and responsibilities before he left.

515आप लोगों के लिए बापदादा ने विशेष इन्हों को अथक बनने का वरदान दिया है . āp lōgō̃ kē liē bāpdādā nē viśhēṣh inhō̃ kō athak bannē kā vardān diyā hai . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kē liē[x] bāpdādā nē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] athak[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . you people for BapDada ∅ special this to x become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of blessing give[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .

601BapDada has especially given them (Dadis) the blessing of being tireless because of all of you (everyone).

516आप सब भी अथक बन विश्व को परिवर्तन कर रहे हैं और करते रहेंगे . āp sab bhī athak ban viśhva kō parivartan kar rahē haĩ aur kartē rahē̃gē . āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] bhī[p.] athak[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . you all too x (x|become[root]) world to transformation do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .

602All of you are also transforming the world tirelessly and will continue to do so. 603Achcha.

517अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .

604Baba has now met everyone.

518पाण्डव भी महान हैं . pāṇḍav bhī mahān haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] mahān, mahā[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava too great be[pres.pl.12hon3] .

605Pandavas too are very great.

519ओमशान्ति . ōmśhānti . ōm śhānti . Om Shanti .

606* * * O MS H A N T I * * *

Abbreviations used